<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Heydari</id>
	<title>Joomla! Documentation - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Heydari"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/Special:Contributions/Heydari"/>
	<updated>2026-10-07T10:14:28Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:J3.x:Installing_Joomla/20/fa&amp;diff=613888</id>
		<title>Translations:J3.x:Installing Joomla/20/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:J3.x:Installing_Joomla/20/fa&amp;diff=613888"/>
		<updated>2019-06-02T12:51:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;J30_Installation_screen_page_1.png&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;J30_Installation_screen_page_1.png&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J3.x:Installing_Joomla/fa&amp;diff=613887</id>
		<title>J3.x:Installing Joomla/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J3.x:Installing_Joomla/fa&amp;diff=613887"/>
		<updated>2019-06-02T12:50:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;وقتی همه چیز در صفحه نخست کامل شد، روی &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;دکمه بعدی&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; کلیک کنید تا پردازش شود:&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
﻿نصب کردن جوملا! برای اولین بار خیلی آسان است. نصب توکار وب جوملا! باعث راه اندازی سایت جدید شما می شود.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== نیازمندی ها ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== نیازمندهای میزبانی ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
پیش از اینکه ما نصب جوملا! را شروع کنیم،  لازم است که یک جفت پیش‌نیاز برای نصب جوملا! {{ns}} با موفقیت برآورده شود. این باید انجام شود، چه شما یک سرور اختصاصی داشته باشید یا یک طرح هاست اشتراکی سرورو یا در حال نصب یک رونوشت روی رایانه شخصی خودتان برای آزمایش یا توسعه باشید.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;شما نیاز به مشاهده نیازمندی‌های زیر برای نصب و استفاده جوملا! دارید.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== منابع ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Recommended PHP.ini Settings ====&lt;br /&gt;
There are some PHP settings that need to be sufficient for Joomla to install.  The settings are usually in a &amp;quot;php.ini&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;user.ini&amp;quot;.  Talk to your host about how to change theses settings if it is possible to do so.  If working on a localhost e.g. with XAMPP, you should not be restricted by these settings and VPS or dedicated hosting should also not be as restrictive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The values for PHP.ini below are &#039;&#039;suggested values&#039;&#039; only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* memory_limit - &#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum:&#039;&#039;&#039; 64M  &#039;&#039;&#039;Recommended:&#039;&#039;&#039; 128M or better&lt;br /&gt;
* upload_max_filesize - &#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum:&#039;&#039;&#039; 20M &lt;br /&gt;
* post_max_size - &#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum:&#039;&#039;&#039; 20M&lt;br /&gt;
* max_execution_time:  &#039;&#039;&#039;At Least&#039;&#039;&#039; 120  &#039;&#039;&#039;Recommended:&#039;&#039;&#039; 300&lt;br /&gt;
== آماده شدن برای نصب ==&lt;br /&gt;
شما قبل از نصب جوملا! بروی سرور خودتان لازم است دو کار را انجام دهید. اول، نیاز است که شما بسته فایل‌های جوملا! را دانلود کنید. بعد، شما نیاز به یک پایگاه داده‌ها برای به کارگیری آن در جوملا! نیاز دارید.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== دانلود و آپلود فایل‌های بسته جوملا! === &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#دانلود انتشار کنونی [http://www.joomla.org/download.html Joomla! {{ns}}]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#بسته‌ی نصب جوملا! را به سرور انتقال دهید. از یک [[wikipedia:FTP Client|کلاینت FTP]] برای انتقال فایل‌های جوملا 3.x به سرور خودتان استفاده کنید. چندین امکان برای این کار وجود دارد، جزئیات در  [[wp:Comparison_of_FTP_client_software|فهرست کلاینت‌های FTP]] موجود است. لطفاً مطمئن شوید که از یک نسخه رسمی FTP استفاده می‌کنید.&lt;br /&gt;
:: Hint - This can be accomplished by simply moving the downloaded package to your server, then unpacking it.  Or you can unpack the files on your local computer, then move the Joomla installation over to your server.  Either way, the Joomla installation needs to be unpacked in the root of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;root&amp;quot; of your site is the public folder where all web page files are stored so that a user can view the site examples include public_html and htdocs.  What your Host uses depends on them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{tip|text=Normally you upload your web files to the root folder.  This is typically named &amp;quot;public_html&amp;quot; but other variations include &amp;quot;htdocs&amp;quot; and this depends on what your host has the set up on the server.  For Joomla purposes, you can load the files directly into &amp;quot;public_html&amp;quot; or a sub-folder within it.|title=پوشه &amp;quot;ریشه&amp;quot; سرور شما}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{warning|title=اخطار!|اگر شما فایل‌های روی رایانه خودتان باز می کنید، سپس آنها را به سرور کپی می کنید، مطمئن باشید که همه‌ی فایل‌ها و پوشه‌ها &#039;&#039;&#039;داخل&#039;&#039;&#039; بسته جوملا  دربرگیرد.  اگر فایل‌ها و پوشه‌ها به پوشه بازمی کنید، برای مثال بنامید، &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Joomla&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; و سپس آن پوشه را آپلود کردید، سایت شما قابل دسترس است در &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com/Joomla&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; به جای &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== پایگاه‌ داده‌ها برای نصب جوملا! ===&lt;br /&gt;
#اگر شما نیازدارید یک پایگاه داده ایجاد کنید، لطفاً نخست &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Creating a Database for Joomla!|ایجاد کردن یک پایگاه داده برای استفاده با جوملا!]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; مطالعه نمایید، یا به مرحله #2 بروید.&lt;br /&gt;
#لازم است که شما اطلاعات پایه‌ای پایگاه داده را یادداشت کنید که در هنگام نصب واقعی جوملا! نیاز می باشد. &lt;br /&gt;
#* مکان پایگاه داده localhost است؟ یا سرور میزبانی ویژه مثل &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;dbserver1.yourhost.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; است؟&lt;br /&gt;
#* نام پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
#* نام کاربری پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
#* گذرواژه پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== شروع نصب ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== پیکربندی نصب ===&lt;br /&gt;
With the above requirements met, a database created and the required Joomla! files in place, you are ready to install Joomla!. Start the Joomla! web installer by opening your favorite browser and browsing to the site&#039;s domain name. On host installation you will use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.yoursitename.com&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. If your are installing Joomla! locally, you will use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://localhost/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;مسیر به پرونده‌های جوملا&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, و شما باید تصویر نصب را ببنید.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_1.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! will try to identify the &#039;&#039;&#039;Select Language&#039;&#039;&#039; field automatically from your browser&#039;s language. You can change this if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in the following information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site Name&#039;&#039;&#039;: the name of your website — this can be changed at any point later in the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;: enter a description of the website. This is a &#039;&#039;global fallback&#039;&#039; meta description used on every page which will be used by search engines. Generally, a maximum of 20 to 25 words is optimal. Again, this can be changed on the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] page at any time. For more on &#039;&#039;metadata&#039;&#039;, see [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Metadata_Settings|Global Metadata Settings]] and [[S:MyLanguage/Entering search engine meta-data|Entering search engine meta-data]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Email Address&#039;&#039;&#039;: the admin email address. Enter a valid email in case you forget your password. This is the email address where you&#039;ll receive a link to change the admin password.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Username&#039;&#039;&#039;: Joomla! uses a default &amp;quot;admin&amp;quot; as the username for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Super User&#039;&#039;&#039;. You can leave it as is, change it now (which a good [[S:MyLanguage/Security_Checklist/Joomla!_Setup#Change the default administrator username|Security measure]]) or use [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_My_Profile|My Profile]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change it later.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Password&#039;&#039;&#039;: remember that super user has maximum control of the site (frontend &amp;amp; backend), so try to use a difficult password. Use [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_My_Profile|My Profile]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change it later. Confirm the password in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm Admin Password&#039;&#039;&#039; box.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039;&#039;: click the Yes or No box. Yes - this means when installation is complete, your Joomla! website will display the &#039;Site is offline&#039; message when you browse to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to view the home page. No - this means the site is live when you browse to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to view the home page. You can use the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change the Offline status at any time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
وقتی همه چیز در صفحه نخست کامل شد، روی &#039;&#039;&#039;دکمه بعدی&#039;&#039;&#039; کلیک کنید تا پردازش شود:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== پیکربندی دیتابیس ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== تنظیمات پیکربندی ===&lt;br /&gt;
You will need to enter the information about the database you will use for Joomla! now. It was suggested to write this information down under &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;Prepare for Install&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; tab. You may also read or review [[S:MyLanguage/Creating a Database for Joomla!|Creating a Database for Joomla!]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.5em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_2.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For simplification, these intructions are a reference to installing with a [[wikipedia:MySQLi|MySQLi]] database. The instructions on the installation page are self explanatory, but here they are again:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Type&#039;&#039;&#039;: MySQLi is the common database used&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Hostname&#039;&#039;&#039; Where is your database located? Common is &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;localhost&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, but some hosts use a specific database server such as &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;dbserver1.yourhost.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Username&#039;&#039;&#039;: the username used to connect to the database&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Password&#039;&#039;&#039;: the password for the database&#039;s username&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Name&#039;&#039;&#039;: the name of the database&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Table Prefix&#039;&#039;&#039;: one is generated automatically, but you can change it. For example, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;jos3_&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; can be used. Just don&#039;t forget to put the underscore character (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;_&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) at the end of the prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Old Database Process&#039;&#039;&#039;: should the installer backup or delete existing tables during the installation of new tables? Click, Yes or No to select the choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these choices can be edited on the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Server|Site Global Configuration]] page, under Server options after the installation is completed. Note, you will break your installation if you change these settings after installation unless you have a complete copy of the current database being used by the Joomla! installation. Common uses would be to update the username and password of the database or to complete a move of an existing installation to a new host with different parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all the information has been filled in, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;next button&#039;&#039;&#039; to proceed:&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Finalise ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview ===&lt;br /&gt;
It is now time to finalise the Joomla! installation. The last page of the web browser installation contains all the information about the installation. This includes the options(at the top) for installing sample data and the installation&#039;s configurations(at the bottom).&lt;br /&gt;
==== Install Sample Data and Email Configurations ====&lt;br /&gt;
The first options are for automatically installing sample content to the website and emailing the configuration settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_3_top.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you are new to Joomla! it would be beneficial to install some &#039;&#039;&#039;sample data&#039;&#039;&#039; to see how Joomla! works. You can at this time choose to have the configuration settings emailed to you. If the &#039;&#039;&#039;Email Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039; choice is selected, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Email Password&#039;&#039;&#039; choice will appear. The email password is off by default for security. You can choose to have the password included, just click Yes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Time to check the configurations of your install and the environment of the installation.&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuration Check ==&lt;br /&gt;
==== Checking Your Configurations ====&lt;br /&gt;
If everything is in order, you will see the install at the top of the overview page. If not, this is the place to check and see what may be causing an issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_3_bottom.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;The &#039;&#039;&#039;section&#039;&#039;&#039; is broken into 4 groups:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Main Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039;: all the website specific information, such as the website name, description, admin username, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Database Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039;: contains the information about the database Joomla! will use.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Pre-Installation Check&#039;&#039;&#039;: these requirements must all be shown as Yes, otherwise you will not be able to install Joomla! With the exception of the PHP Version, the rest are usually controlled in the [[wikipedia:INI_file|php.ini]]. You may need assistance from your host in correcting these settings or checking to see if it is possible to adjust them. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Typical PHP settings&#039;&#039;&#039; that might cause the install to fail and may need adjusting include the following with suggested values: (1) memory_limit (64M), (2)max_execution_time (300), (3) post_max_size (30M), (4) upload_max_filesize (30M). For more information, see [http://php.net/manual/en/configuration.file.php PHP configuration file] file.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Recommended Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;: these are settings are recommended in your PHP configuration, but will not prevent Joomla! from being installed. You can refer to the above instructions on how they may be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If everything is correct and all checks are passed, you may now click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Install&#039;&#039;&#039; button in the top right corner of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Overview&#039;&#039;&#039; page. This will start the actual installation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Install&#039;&#039;&#039; button, you should see a progress bar with additional information of the installation. Once the installation completes, you should see the success page!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
== Finishing Up ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Success and Finishing Up the Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Congratulations! Joomla! 3 is now installed. If you want to start using Joomla! right way without [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Installing_Joomla#Installing_Extra_Languages|installing extra languages]] there is one last step to complete the installation. You must delete the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Remove Installation folder&#039;&#039;&#039; and a success message will appear. Now you can navigate to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; log in by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; or go right to your site by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Site&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;max-width:100%; height:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_4.png|border|700px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== نصب زبان های اضافی ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Install_Extra_Steps.png|right|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before you complete your installation by deleting the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;, click on: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;{{rarr}} مرحله اضافی: نصب زبان‌ها&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will continue the installation of Joomla! by taking you to a new installation page.&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== نصب زبان ها ====&lt;br /&gt;
A list of language packs is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_1.png|right|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check the language or language packs you wish to install. Remember the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Language packs included in custom distributions will not be listed at this stage as they are already installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* A version of the packs proposed will match the Joomla Major version (3.0.x, 3.1.x, etc.). The minor version of the pack may not correspond, e.g. you are installing version 3.3.3 and a 3.3.2 language pack is shown.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Unmatched language packs in the above example may have untranslated strings. &lt;br /&gt;
* The unmatched language packs will be offered as an update when the packs are updated by the registered Translation teams. The available update will be shown in the Control panel as well as in {{rarr|Extensions Manager,Update}}. This behavior is similar to {{rarr|Extensions Manager,Install Languages}}.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Next&#039;&#039;&#039; and a progress bar will be display while the language pack or packs are downloaded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== انتخاب زبان پیش فرض ====&lt;br /&gt;
When the download is complete you can choose the default language for the Site and the Administrator interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* زبان پیش فرض تان را انتخاب کنید.{{-}}[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_1.png]]{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also choose to activate the multilingual features of Joomla! at this time too. &lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; next to &#039;&#039;&#039;Activate the multilingual feature&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Two additional choice will appear.{{-}}[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_2_multilingual.png|600px]]{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Install localised content&#039;&#039;&#039;, yes or no. This will automatically create one content category for each language installed and one featured article with dummy content for each content category installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Enable the language code plugin&#039;&#039;&#039;, yes or no. If enabled, the plugin will add the ability to change the language code in the generated HTML document to improve SEO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you completed all the choices of language installation, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Next&#039;&#039;&#039; to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Finalise ====&lt;br /&gt;
You will now be presented with a very similar &#039;&#039;&#039;Congratulations! Joomla! is now installed.&#039;&#039;&#039; screen. The difference will be a notation of the default Administrator and Site language settings, if they were set. You will also not see the &#039;&#039;&#039;Extra Steps&#039;&#039;&#039; message in the bottom right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_3.png|center|850px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can delete the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Remove Installation folder&#039;&#039;&#039; and a success message will appear. Now you can navigate to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; log in by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; or go right to your site by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Site&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Installation{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.x{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.0{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.1{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.2{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.3{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.4{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.5{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.6{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:J3.x:Installing_Joomla/25/fa&amp;diff=613886</id>
		<title>Translations:J3.x:Installing Joomla/25/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:J3.x:Installing_Joomla/25/fa&amp;diff=613886"/>
		<updated>2019-06-02T12:50:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;وقتی همه چیز در صفحه نخست کامل شد، روی &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;دکمه بعدی&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; کلیک کنید تا پردازش شود:&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;وقتی همه چیز در صفحه نخست کامل شد، روی &#039;&#039;&#039;دکمه بعدی&#039;&#039;&#039; کلیک کنید تا پردازش شود:&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J3.x:Installing_Joomla/fa&amp;diff=613885</id>
		<title>J3.x:Installing Joomla/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J3.x:Installing_Joomla/fa&amp;diff=613885"/>
		<updated>2019-06-02T12:49:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;و شما باید تصویر نصب را ببنید&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
﻿نصب کردن جوملا! برای اولین بار خیلی آسان است. نصب توکار وب جوملا! باعث راه اندازی سایت جدید شما می شود.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== نیازمندی ها ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== نیازمندهای میزبانی ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
پیش از اینکه ما نصب جوملا! را شروع کنیم،  لازم است که یک جفت پیش‌نیاز برای نصب جوملا! {{ns}} با موفقیت برآورده شود. این باید انجام شود، چه شما یک سرور اختصاصی داشته باشید یا یک طرح هاست اشتراکی سرورو یا در حال نصب یک رونوشت روی رایانه شخصی خودتان برای آزمایش یا توسعه باشید.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;شما نیاز به مشاهده نیازمندی‌های زیر برای نصب و استفاده جوملا! دارید.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== منابع ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Recommended PHP.ini Settings ====&lt;br /&gt;
There are some PHP settings that need to be sufficient for Joomla to install.  The settings are usually in a &amp;quot;php.ini&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;user.ini&amp;quot;.  Talk to your host about how to change theses settings if it is possible to do so.  If working on a localhost e.g. with XAMPP, you should not be restricted by these settings and VPS or dedicated hosting should also not be as restrictive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The values for PHP.ini below are &#039;&#039;suggested values&#039;&#039; only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* memory_limit - &#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum:&#039;&#039;&#039; 64M  &#039;&#039;&#039;Recommended:&#039;&#039;&#039; 128M or better&lt;br /&gt;
* upload_max_filesize - &#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum:&#039;&#039;&#039; 20M &lt;br /&gt;
* post_max_size - &#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum:&#039;&#039;&#039; 20M&lt;br /&gt;
* max_execution_time:  &#039;&#039;&#039;At Least&#039;&#039;&#039; 120  &#039;&#039;&#039;Recommended:&#039;&#039;&#039; 300&lt;br /&gt;
== آماده شدن برای نصب ==&lt;br /&gt;
شما قبل از نصب جوملا! بروی سرور خودتان لازم است دو کار را انجام دهید. اول، نیاز است که شما بسته فایل‌های جوملا! را دانلود کنید. بعد، شما نیاز به یک پایگاه داده‌ها برای به کارگیری آن در جوملا! نیاز دارید.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== دانلود و آپلود فایل‌های بسته جوملا! === &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#دانلود انتشار کنونی [http://www.joomla.org/download.html Joomla! {{ns}}]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#بسته‌ی نصب جوملا! را به سرور انتقال دهید. از یک [[wikipedia:FTP Client|کلاینت FTP]] برای انتقال فایل‌های جوملا 3.x به سرور خودتان استفاده کنید. چندین امکان برای این کار وجود دارد، جزئیات در  [[wp:Comparison_of_FTP_client_software|فهرست کلاینت‌های FTP]] موجود است. لطفاً مطمئن شوید که از یک نسخه رسمی FTP استفاده می‌کنید.&lt;br /&gt;
:: Hint - This can be accomplished by simply moving the downloaded package to your server, then unpacking it.  Or you can unpack the files on your local computer, then move the Joomla installation over to your server.  Either way, the Joomla installation needs to be unpacked in the root of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;root&amp;quot; of your site is the public folder where all web page files are stored so that a user can view the site examples include public_html and htdocs.  What your Host uses depends on them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{tip|text=Normally you upload your web files to the root folder.  This is typically named &amp;quot;public_html&amp;quot; but other variations include &amp;quot;htdocs&amp;quot; and this depends on what your host has the set up on the server.  For Joomla purposes, you can load the files directly into &amp;quot;public_html&amp;quot; or a sub-folder within it.|title=پوشه &amp;quot;ریشه&amp;quot; سرور شما}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{warning|title=اخطار!|اگر شما فایل‌های روی رایانه خودتان باز می کنید، سپس آنها را به سرور کپی می کنید، مطمئن باشید که همه‌ی فایل‌ها و پوشه‌ها &#039;&#039;&#039;داخل&#039;&#039;&#039; بسته جوملا  دربرگیرد.  اگر فایل‌ها و پوشه‌ها به پوشه بازمی کنید، برای مثال بنامید، &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Joomla&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; و سپس آن پوشه را آپلود کردید، سایت شما قابل دسترس است در &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com/Joomla&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; به جای &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== پایگاه‌ داده‌ها برای نصب جوملا! ===&lt;br /&gt;
#اگر شما نیازدارید یک پایگاه داده ایجاد کنید، لطفاً نخست &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Creating a Database for Joomla!|ایجاد کردن یک پایگاه داده برای استفاده با جوملا!]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; مطالعه نمایید، یا به مرحله #2 بروید.&lt;br /&gt;
#لازم است که شما اطلاعات پایه‌ای پایگاه داده را یادداشت کنید که در هنگام نصب واقعی جوملا! نیاز می باشد. &lt;br /&gt;
#* مکان پایگاه داده localhost است؟ یا سرور میزبانی ویژه مثل &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;dbserver1.yourhost.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; است؟&lt;br /&gt;
#* نام پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
#* نام کاربری پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
#* گذرواژه پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== شروع نصب ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== پیکربندی نصب ===&lt;br /&gt;
With the above requirements met, a database created and the required Joomla! files in place, you are ready to install Joomla!. Start the Joomla! web installer by opening your favorite browser and browsing to the site&#039;s domain name. On host installation you will use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.yoursitename.com&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. If your are installing Joomla! locally, you will use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://localhost/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;مسیر به پرونده‌های جوملا&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, و شما باید تصویر نصب را ببنید.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_1.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! will try to identify the &#039;&#039;&#039;Select Language&#039;&#039;&#039; field automatically from your browser&#039;s language. You can change this if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in the following information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site Name&#039;&#039;&#039;: the name of your website — this can be changed at any point later in the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;: enter a description of the website. This is a &#039;&#039;global fallback&#039;&#039; meta description used on every page which will be used by search engines. Generally, a maximum of 20 to 25 words is optimal. Again, this can be changed on the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] page at any time. For more on &#039;&#039;metadata&#039;&#039;, see [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Metadata_Settings|Global Metadata Settings]] and [[S:MyLanguage/Entering search engine meta-data|Entering search engine meta-data]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Email Address&#039;&#039;&#039;: the admin email address. Enter a valid email in case you forget your password. This is the email address where you&#039;ll receive a link to change the admin password.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Username&#039;&#039;&#039;: Joomla! uses a default &amp;quot;admin&amp;quot; as the username for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Super User&#039;&#039;&#039;. You can leave it as is, change it now (which a good [[S:MyLanguage/Security_Checklist/Joomla!_Setup#Change the default administrator username|Security measure]]) or use [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_My_Profile|My Profile]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change it later.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Password&#039;&#039;&#039;: remember that super user has maximum control of the site (frontend &amp;amp; backend), so try to use a difficult password. Use [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_My_Profile|My Profile]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change it later. Confirm the password in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm Admin Password&#039;&#039;&#039; box.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039;&#039;: click the Yes or No box. Yes - this means when installation is complete, your Joomla! website will display the &#039;Site is offline&#039; message when you browse to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to view the home page. No - this means the site is live when you browse to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to view the home page. You can use the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change the Offline status at any time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When everything on the first page is completed, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;next button&#039;&#039;&#039; to proceed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== پیکربندی دیتابیس ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== تنظیمات پیکربندی ===&lt;br /&gt;
You will need to enter the information about the database you will use for Joomla! now. It was suggested to write this information down under &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;Prepare for Install&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; tab. You may also read or review [[S:MyLanguage/Creating a Database for Joomla!|Creating a Database for Joomla!]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.5em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_2.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For simplification, these intructions are a reference to installing with a [[wikipedia:MySQLi|MySQLi]] database. The instructions on the installation page are self explanatory, but here they are again:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Type&#039;&#039;&#039;: MySQLi is the common database used&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Hostname&#039;&#039;&#039; Where is your database located? Common is &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;localhost&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, but some hosts use a specific database server such as &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;dbserver1.yourhost.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Username&#039;&#039;&#039;: the username used to connect to the database&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Password&#039;&#039;&#039;: the password for the database&#039;s username&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Name&#039;&#039;&#039;: the name of the database&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Table Prefix&#039;&#039;&#039;: one is generated automatically, but you can change it. For example, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;jos3_&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; can be used. Just don&#039;t forget to put the underscore character (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;_&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) at the end of the prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Old Database Process&#039;&#039;&#039;: should the installer backup or delete existing tables during the installation of new tables? Click, Yes or No to select the choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these choices can be edited on the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Server|Site Global Configuration]] page, under Server options after the installation is completed. Note, you will break your installation if you change these settings after installation unless you have a complete copy of the current database being used by the Joomla! installation. Common uses would be to update the username and password of the database or to complete a move of an existing installation to a new host with different parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all the information has been filled in, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;next button&#039;&#039;&#039; to proceed:&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Finalise ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview ===&lt;br /&gt;
It is now time to finalise the Joomla! installation. The last page of the web browser installation contains all the information about the installation. This includes the options(at the top) for installing sample data and the installation&#039;s configurations(at the bottom).&lt;br /&gt;
==== Install Sample Data and Email Configurations ====&lt;br /&gt;
The first options are for automatically installing sample content to the website and emailing the configuration settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_3_top.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you are new to Joomla! it would be beneficial to install some &#039;&#039;&#039;sample data&#039;&#039;&#039; to see how Joomla! works. You can at this time choose to have the configuration settings emailed to you. If the &#039;&#039;&#039;Email Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039; choice is selected, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Email Password&#039;&#039;&#039; choice will appear. The email password is off by default for security. You can choose to have the password included, just click Yes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Time to check the configurations of your install and the environment of the installation.&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuration Check ==&lt;br /&gt;
==== Checking Your Configurations ====&lt;br /&gt;
If everything is in order, you will see the install at the top of the overview page. If not, this is the place to check and see what may be causing an issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_3_bottom.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;The &#039;&#039;&#039;section&#039;&#039;&#039; is broken into 4 groups:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Main Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039;: all the website specific information, such as the website name, description, admin username, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Database Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039;: contains the information about the database Joomla! will use.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Pre-Installation Check&#039;&#039;&#039;: these requirements must all be shown as Yes, otherwise you will not be able to install Joomla! With the exception of the PHP Version, the rest are usually controlled in the [[wikipedia:INI_file|php.ini]]. You may need assistance from your host in correcting these settings or checking to see if it is possible to adjust them. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Typical PHP settings&#039;&#039;&#039; that might cause the install to fail and may need adjusting include the following with suggested values: (1) memory_limit (64M), (2)max_execution_time (300), (3) post_max_size (30M), (4) upload_max_filesize (30M). For more information, see [http://php.net/manual/en/configuration.file.php PHP configuration file] file.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Recommended Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;: these are settings are recommended in your PHP configuration, but will not prevent Joomla! from being installed. You can refer to the above instructions on how they may be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If everything is correct and all checks are passed, you may now click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Install&#039;&#039;&#039; button in the top right corner of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Overview&#039;&#039;&#039; page. This will start the actual installation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Install&#039;&#039;&#039; button, you should see a progress bar with additional information of the installation. Once the installation completes, you should see the success page!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
== Finishing Up ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Success and Finishing Up the Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Congratulations! Joomla! 3 is now installed. If you want to start using Joomla! right way without [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Installing_Joomla#Installing_Extra_Languages|installing extra languages]] there is one last step to complete the installation. You must delete the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Remove Installation folder&#039;&#039;&#039; and a success message will appear. Now you can navigate to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; log in by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; or go right to your site by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Site&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;max-width:100%; height:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_4.png|border|700px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== نصب زبان های اضافی ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Install_Extra_Steps.png|right|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before you complete your installation by deleting the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;, click on: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;{{rarr}} مرحله اضافی: نصب زبان‌ها&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will continue the installation of Joomla! by taking you to a new installation page.&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== نصب زبان ها ====&lt;br /&gt;
A list of language packs is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_1.png|right|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check the language or language packs you wish to install. Remember the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Language packs included in custom distributions will not be listed at this stage as they are already installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* A version of the packs proposed will match the Joomla Major version (3.0.x, 3.1.x, etc.). The minor version of the pack may not correspond, e.g. you are installing version 3.3.3 and a 3.3.2 language pack is shown.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Unmatched language packs in the above example may have untranslated strings. &lt;br /&gt;
* The unmatched language packs will be offered as an update when the packs are updated by the registered Translation teams. The available update will be shown in the Control panel as well as in {{rarr|Extensions Manager,Update}}. This behavior is similar to {{rarr|Extensions Manager,Install Languages}}.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Next&#039;&#039;&#039; and a progress bar will be display while the language pack or packs are downloaded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== انتخاب زبان پیش فرض ====&lt;br /&gt;
When the download is complete you can choose the default language for the Site and the Administrator interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* زبان پیش فرض تان را انتخاب کنید.{{-}}[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_1.png]]{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also choose to activate the multilingual features of Joomla! at this time too. &lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; next to &#039;&#039;&#039;Activate the multilingual feature&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Two additional choice will appear.{{-}}[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_2_multilingual.png|600px]]{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Install localised content&#039;&#039;&#039;, yes or no. This will automatically create one content category for each language installed and one featured article with dummy content for each content category installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Enable the language code plugin&#039;&#039;&#039;, yes or no. If enabled, the plugin will add the ability to change the language code in the generated HTML document to improve SEO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you completed all the choices of language installation, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Next&#039;&#039;&#039; to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Finalise ====&lt;br /&gt;
You will now be presented with a very similar &#039;&#039;&#039;Congratulations! Joomla! is now installed.&#039;&#039;&#039; screen. The difference will be a notation of the default Administrator and Site language settings, if they were set. You will also not see the &#039;&#039;&#039;Extra Steps&#039;&#039;&#039; message in the bottom right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_3.png|center|850px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can delete the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Remove Installation folder&#039;&#039;&#039; and a success message will appear. Now you can navigate to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; log in by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; or go right to your site by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Site&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Installation{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.x{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.0{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.1{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.2{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.3{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.4{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.5{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.6{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:J3.x:Installing_Joomla/19/fa&amp;diff=613884</id>
		<title>Translations:J3.x:Installing Joomla/19/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:J3.x:Installing_Joomla/19/fa&amp;diff=613884"/>
		<updated>2019-06-02T12:49:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;و شما باید تصویر نصب را ببنید&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;و شما باید تصویر نصب را ببنید&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J3.x:Installing_Joomla/fa&amp;diff=613883</id>
		<title>J3.x:Installing Joomla/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J3.x:Installing_Joomla/fa&amp;diff=613883"/>
		<updated>2019-06-02T12:46:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;و سپس آن پوشه را آپلود کردید، سایت شما قابل دسترس است در&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
﻿نصب کردن جوملا! برای اولین بار خیلی آسان است. نصب توکار وب جوملا! باعث راه اندازی سایت جدید شما می شود.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== نیازمندی ها ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== نیازمندهای میزبانی ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
پیش از اینکه ما نصب جوملا! را شروع کنیم،  لازم است که یک جفت پیش‌نیاز برای نصب جوملا! {{ns}} با موفقیت برآورده شود. این باید انجام شود، چه شما یک سرور اختصاصی داشته باشید یا یک طرح هاست اشتراکی سرورو یا در حال نصب یک رونوشت روی رایانه شخصی خودتان برای آزمایش یا توسعه باشید.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;شما نیاز به مشاهده نیازمندی‌های زیر برای نصب و استفاده جوملا! دارید.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== منابع ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Recommended PHP.ini Settings ====&lt;br /&gt;
There are some PHP settings that need to be sufficient for Joomla to install.  The settings are usually in a &amp;quot;php.ini&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;user.ini&amp;quot;.  Talk to your host about how to change theses settings if it is possible to do so.  If working on a localhost e.g. with XAMPP, you should not be restricted by these settings and VPS or dedicated hosting should also not be as restrictive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The values for PHP.ini below are &#039;&#039;suggested values&#039;&#039; only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* memory_limit - &#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum:&#039;&#039;&#039; 64M  &#039;&#039;&#039;Recommended:&#039;&#039;&#039; 128M or better&lt;br /&gt;
* upload_max_filesize - &#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum:&#039;&#039;&#039; 20M &lt;br /&gt;
* post_max_size - &#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum:&#039;&#039;&#039; 20M&lt;br /&gt;
* max_execution_time:  &#039;&#039;&#039;At Least&#039;&#039;&#039; 120  &#039;&#039;&#039;Recommended:&#039;&#039;&#039; 300&lt;br /&gt;
== آماده شدن برای نصب ==&lt;br /&gt;
شما قبل از نصب جوملا! بروی سرور خودتان لازم است دو کار را انجام دهید. اول، نیاز است که شما بسته فایل‌های جوملا! را دانلود کنید. بعد، شما نیاز به یک پایگاه داده‌ها برای به کارگیری آن در جوملا! نیاز دارید.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== دانلود و آپلود فایل‌های بسته جوملا! === &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#دانلود انتشار کنونی [http://www.joomla.org/download.html Joomla! {{ns}}]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#بسته‌ی نصب جوملا! را به سرور انتقال دهید. از یک [[wikipedia:FTP Client|کلاینت FTP]] برای انتقال فایل‌های جوملا 3.x به سرور خودتان استفاده کنید. چندین امکان برای این کار وجود دارد، جزئیات در  [[wp:Comparison_of_FTP_client_software|فهرست کلاینت‌های FTP]] موجود است. لطفاً مطمئن شوید که از یک نسخه رسمی FTP استفاده می‌کنید.&lt;br /&gt;
:: Hint - This can be accomplished by simply moving the downloaded package to your server, then unpacking it.  Or you can unpack the files on your local computer, then move the Joomla installation over to your server.  Either way, the Joomla installation needs to be unpacked in the root of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;root&amp;quot; of your site is the public folder where all web page files are stored so that a user can view the site examples include public_html and htdocs.  What your Host uses depends on them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{tip|text=Normally you upload your web files to the root folder.  This is typically named &amp;quot;public_html&amp;quot; but other variations include &amp;quot;htdocs&amp;quot; and this depends on what your host has the set up on the server.  For Joomla purposes, you can load the files directly into &amp;quot;public_html&amp;quot; or a sub-folder within it.|title=پوشه &amp;quot;ریشه&amp;quot; سرور شما}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{warning|title=اخطار!|اگر شما فایل‌های روی رایانه خودتان باز می کنید، سپس آنها را به سرور کپی می کنید، مطمئن باشید که همه‌ی فایل‌ها و پوشه‌ها &#039;&#039;&#039;داخل&#039;&#039;&#039; بسته جوملا  دربرگیرد.  اگر فایل‌ها و پوشه‌ها به پوشه بازمی کنید، برای مثال بنامید، &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Joomla&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; و سپس آن پوشه را آپلود کردید، سایت شما قابل دسترس است در &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com/Joomla&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; به جای &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== پایگاه‌ داده‌ها برای نصب جوملا! ===&lt;br /&gt;
#اگر شما نیازدارید یک پایگاه داده ایجاد کنید، لطفاً نخست &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Creating a Database for Joomla!|ایجاد کردن یک پایگاه داده برای استفاده با جوملا!]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; مطالعه نمایید، یا به مرحله #2 بروید.&lt;br /&gt;
#لازم است که شما اطلاعات پایه‌ای پایگاه داده را یادداشت کنید که در هنگام نصب واقعی جوملا! نیاز می باشد. &lt;br /&gt;
#* مکان پایگاه داده localhost است؟ یا سرور میزبانی ویژه مثل &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;dbserver1.yourhost.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; است؟&lt;br /&gt;
#* نام پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
#* نام کاربری پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
#* گذرواژه پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== شروع نصب ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== پیکربندی نصب ===&lt;br /&gt;
With the above requirements met, a database created and the required Joomla! files in place, you are ready to install Joomla!. Start the Joomla! web installer by opening your favorite browser and browsing to the site&#039;s domain name. On host installation you will use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.yoursitename.com&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. If your are installing Joomla! locally, you will use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://localhost/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;مسیر به پرونده‌های جوملا&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, and you should see the installation screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_1.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! will try to identify the &#039;&#039;&#039;Select Language&#039;&#039;&#039; field automatically from your browser&#039;s language. You can change this if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in the following information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site Name&#039;&#039;&#039;: the name of your website — this can be changed at any point later in the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;: enter a description of the website. This is a &#039;&#039;global fallback&#039;&#039; meta description used on every page which will be used by search engines. Generally, a maximum of 20 to 25 words is optimal. Again, this can be changed on the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] page at any time. For more on &#039;&#039;metadata&#039;&#039;, see [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Metadata_Settings|Global Metadata Settings]] and [[S:MyLanguage/Entering search engine meta-data|Entering search engine meta-data]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Email Address&#039;&#039;&#039;: the admin email address. Enter a valid email in case you forget your password. This is the email address where you&#039;ll receive a link to change the admin password.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Username&#039;&#039;&#039;: Joomla! uses a default &amp;quot;admin&amp;quot; as the username for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Super User&#039;&#039;&#039;. You can leave it as is, change it now (which a good [[S:MyLanguage/Security_Checklist/Joomla!_Setup#Change the default administrator username|Security measure]]) or use [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_My_Profile|My Profile]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change it later.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Password&#039;&#039;&#039;: remember that super user has maximum control of the site (frontend &amp;amp; backend), so try to use a difficult password. Use [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_My_Profile|My Profile]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change it later. Confirm the password in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm Admin Password&#039;&#039;&#039; box.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039;&#039;: click the Yes or No box. Yes - this means when installation is complete, your Joomla! website will display the &#039;Site is offline&#039; message when you browse to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to view the home page. No - this means the site is live when you browse to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to view the home page. You can use the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change the Offline status at any time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When everything on the first page is completed, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;next button&#039;&#039;&#039; to proceed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== پیکربندی دیتابیس ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== تنظیمات پیکربندی ===&lt;br /&gt;
You will need to enter the information about the database you will use for Joomla! now. It was suggested to write this information down under &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;Prepare for Install&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; tab. You may also read or review [[S:MyLanguage/Creating a Database for Joomla!|Creating a Database for Joomla!]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.5em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_2.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For simplification, these intructions are a reference to installing with a [[wikipedia:MySQLi|MySQLi]] database. The instructions on the installation page are self explanatory, but here they are again:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Type&#039;&#039;&#039;: MySQLi is the common database used&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Hostname&#039;&#039;&#039; Where is your database located? Common is &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;localhost&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, but some hosts use a specific database server such as &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;dbserver1.yourhost.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Username&#039;&#039;&#039;: the username used to connect to the database&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Password&#039;&#039;&#039;: the password for the database&#039;s username&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Name&#039;&#039;&#039;: the name of the database&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Table Prefix&#039;&#039;&#039;: one is generated automatically, but you can change it. For example, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;jos3_&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; can be used. Just don&#039;t forget to put the underscore character (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;_&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) at the end of the prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Old Database Process&#039;&#039;&#039;: should the installer backup or delete existing tables during the installation of new tables? Click, Yes or No to select the choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these choices can be edited on the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Server|Site Global Configuration]] page, under Server options after the installation is completed. Note, you will break your installation if you change these settings after installation unless you have a complete copy of the current database being used by the Joomla! installation. Common uses would be to update the username and password of the database or to complete a move of an existing installation to a new host with different parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all the information has been filled in, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;next button&#039;&#039;&#039; to proceed:&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Finalise ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview ===&lt;br /&gt;
It is now time to finalise the Joomla! installation. The last page of the web browser installation contains all the information about the installation. This includes the options(at the top) for installing sample data and the installation&#039;s configurations(at the bottom).&lt;br /&gt;
==== Install Sample Data and Email Configurations ====&lt;br /&gt;
The first options are for automatically installing sample content to the website and emailing the configuration settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_3_top.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you are new to Joomla! it would be beneficial to install some &#039;&#039;&#039;sample data&#039;&#039;&#039; to see how Joomla! works. You can at this time choose to have the configuration settings emailed to you. If the &#039;&#039;&#039;Email Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039; choice is selected, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Email Password&#039;&#039;&#039; choice will appear. The email password is off by default for security. You can choose to have the password included, just click Yes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Time to check the configurations of your install and the environment of the installation.&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuration Check ==&lt;br /&gt;
==== Checking Your Configurations ====&lt;br /&gt;
If everything is in order, you will see the install at the top of the overview page. If not, this is the place to check and see what may be causing an issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_3_bottom.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;The &#039;&#039;&#039;section&#039;&#039;&#039; is broken into 4 groups:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Main Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039;: all the website specific information, such as the website name, description, admin username, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Database Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039;: contains the information about the database Joomla! will use.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Pre-Installation Check&#039;&#039;&#039;: these requirements must all be shown as Yes, otherwise you will not be able to install Joomla! With the exception of the PHP Version, the rest are usually controlled in the [[wikipedia:INI_file|php.ini]]. You may need assistance from your host in correcting these settings or checking to see if it is possible to adjust them. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Typical PHP settings&#039;&#039;&#039; that might cause the install to fail and may need adjusting include the following with suggested values: (1) memory_limit (64M), (2)max_execution_time (300), (3) post_max_size (30M), (4) upload_max_filesize (30M). For more information, see [http://php.net/manual/en/configuration.file.php PHP configuration file] file.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Recommended Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;: these are settings are recommended in your PHP configuration, but will not prevent Joomla! from being installed. You can refer to the above instructions on how they may be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If everything is correct and all checks are passed, you may now click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Install&#039;&#039;&#039; button in the top right corner of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Overview&#039;&#039;&#039; page. This will start the actual installation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Install&#039;&#039;&#039; button, you should see a progress bar with additional information of the installation. Once the installation completes, you should see the success page!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
== Finishing Up ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Success and Finishing Up the Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Congratulations! Joomla! 3 is now installed. If you want to start using Joomla! right way without [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Installing_Joomla#Installing_Extra_Languages|installing extra languages]] there is one last step to complete the installation. You must delete the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Remove Installation folder&#039;&#039;&#039; and a success message will appear. Now you can navigate to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; log in by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; or go right to your site by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Site&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;max-width:100%; height:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_4.png|border|700px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== نصب زبان های اضافی ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Install_Extra_Steps.png|right|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before you complete your installation by deleting the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;, click on: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;{{rarr}} مرحله اضافی: نصب زبان‌ها&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will continue the installation of Joomla! by taking you to a new installation page.&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== نصب زبان ها ====&lt;br /&gt;
A list of language packs is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_1.png|right|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check the language or language packs you wish to install. Remember the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Language packs included in custom distributions will not be listed at this stage as they are already installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* A version of the packs proposed will match the Joomla Major version (3.0.x, 3.1.x, etc.). The minor version of the pack may not correspond, e.g. you are installing version 3.3.3 and a 3.3.2 language pack is shown.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Unmatched language packs in the above example may have untranslated strings. &lt;br /&gt;
* The unmatched language packs will be offered as an update when the packs are updated by the registered Translation teams. The available update will be shown in the Control panel as well as in {{rarr|Extensions Manager,Update}}. This behavior is similar to {{rarr|Extensions Manager,Install Languages}}.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Next&#039;&#039;&#039; and a progress bar will be display while the language pack or packs are downloaded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== انتخاب زبان پیش فرض ====&lt;br /&gt;
When the download is complete you can choose the default language for the Site and the Administrator interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* زبان پیش فرض تان را انتخاب کنید.{{-}}[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_1.png]]{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also choose to activate the multilingual features of Joomla! at this time too. &lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; next to &#039;&#039;&#039;Activate the multilingual feature&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Two additional choice will appear.{{-}}[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_2_multilingual.png|600px]]{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Install localised content&#039;&#039;&#039;, yes or no. This will automatically create one content category for each language installed and one featured article with dummy content for each content category installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Enable the language code plugin&#039;&#039;&#039;, yes or no. If enabled, the plugin will add the ability to change the language code in the generated HTML document to improve SEO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you completed all the choices of language installation, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Next&#039;&#039;&#039; to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Finalise ====&lt;br /&gt;
You will now be presented with a very similar &#039;&#039;&#039;Congratulations! Joomla! is now installed.&#039;&#039;&#039; screen. The difference will be a notation of the default Administrator and Site language settings, if they were set. You will also not see the &#039;&#039;&#039;Extra Steps&#039;&#039;&#039; message in the bottom right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_3.png|center|850px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can delete the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Remove Installation folder&#039;&#039;&#039; and a success message will appear. Now you can navigate to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; log in by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; or go right to your site by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Site&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Installation{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.x{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.0{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.1{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.2{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.3{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.4{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.5{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.6{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:J3.x:Installing_Joomla/12/fa&amp;diff=613882</id>
		<title>Translations:J3.x:Installing Joomla/12/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:J3.x:Installing_Joomla/12/fa&amp;diff=613882"/>
		<updated>2019-06-02T12:46:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;و سپس آن پوشه را آپلود کردید، سایت شما قابل دسترس است در&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;و سپس آن پوشه را آپلود کردید، سایت شما قابل دسترس است در&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J3.x:Installing_Joomla/fa&amp;diff=613881</id>
		<title>J3.x:Installing Joomla/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J3.x:Installing_Joomla/fa&amp;diff=613881"/>
		<updated>2019-06-02T12:45:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;اگر شما فایل‌های روی رایانه خودتان باز می کنید، سپس آنها را به سرور کپی می کنید، مطمئن باشید که ه...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
﻿نصب کردن جوملا! برای اولین بار خیلی آسان است. نصب توکار وب جوملا! باعث راه اندازی سایت جدید شما می شود.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== نیازمندی ها ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== نیازمندهای میزبانی ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
پیش از اینکه ما نصب جوملا! را شروع کنیم،  لازم است که یک جفت پیش‌نیاز برای نصب جوملا! {{ns}} با موفقیت برآورده شود. این باید انجام شود، چه شما یک سرور اختصاصی داشته باشید یا یک طرح هاست اشتراکی سرورو یا در حال نصب یک رونوشت روی رایانه شخصی خودتان برای آزمایش یا توسعه باشید.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;شما نیاز به مشاهده نیازمندی‌های زیر برای نصب و استفاده جوملا! دارید.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== منابع ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Recommended PHP.ini Settings ====&lt;br /&gt;
There are some PHP settings that need to be sufficient for Joomla to install.  The settings are usually in a &amp;quot;php.ini&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;user.ini&amp;quot;.  Talk to your host about how to change theses settings if it is possible to do so.  If working on a localhost e.g. with XAMPP, you should not be restricted by these settings and VPS or dedicated hosting should also not be as restrictive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The values for PHP.ini below are &#039;&#039;suggested values&#039;&#039; only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* memory_limit - &#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum:&#039;&#039;&#039; 64M  &#039;&#039;&#039;Recommended:&#039;&#039;&#039; 128M or better&lt;br /&gt;
* upload_max_filesize - &#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum:&#039;&#039;&#039; 20M &lt;br /&gt;
* post_max_size - &#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum:&#039;&#039;&#039; 20M&lt;br /&gt;
* max_execution_time:  &#039;&#039;&#039;At Least&#039;&#039;&#039; 120  &#039;&#039;&#039;Recommended:&#039;&#039;&#039; 300&lt;br /&gt;
== آماده شدن برای نصب ==&lt;br /&gt;
شما قبل از نصب جوملا! بروی سرور خودتان لازم است دو کار را انجام دهید. اول، نیاز است که شما بسته فایل‌های جوملا! را دانلود کنید. بعد، شما نیاز به یک پایگاه داده‌ها برای به کارگیری آن در جوملا! نیاز دارید.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== دانلود و آپلود فایل‌های بسته جوملا! === &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#دانلود انتشار کنونی [http://www.joomla.org/download.html Joomla! {{ns}}]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#بسته‌ی نصب جوملا! را به سرور انتقال دهید. از یک [[wikipedia:FTP Client|کلاینت FTP]] برای انتقال فایل‌های جوملا 3.x به سرور خودتان استفاده کنید. چندین امکان برای این کار وجود دارد، جزئیات در  [[wp:Comparison_of_FTP_client_software|فهرست کلاینت‌های FTP]] موجود است. لطفاً مطمئن شوید که از یک نسخه رسمی FTP استفاده می‌کنید.&lt;br /&gt;
:: Hint - This can be accomplished by simply moving the downloaded package to your server, then unpacking it.  Or you can unpack the files on your local computer, then move the Joomla installation over to your server.  Either way, the Joomla installation needs to be unpacked in the root of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;root&amp;quot; of your site is the public folder where all web page files are stored so that a user can view the site examples include public_html and htdocs.  What your Host uses depends on them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{tip|text=Normally you upload your web files to the root folder.  This is typically named &amp;quot;public_html&amp;quot; but other variations include &amp;quot;htdocs&amp;quot; and this depends on what your host has the set up on the server.  For Joomla purposes, you can load the files directly into &amp;quot;public_html&amp;quot; or a sub-folder within it.|title=پوشه &amp;quot;ریشه&amp;quot; سرور شما}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{warning|title=اخطار!|اگر شما فایل‌های روی رایانه خودتان باز می کنید، سپس آنها را به سرور کپی می کنید، مطمئن باشید که همه‌ی فایل‌ها و پوشه‌ها &#039;&#039;&#039;داخل&#039;&#039;&#039; بسته جوملا  دربرگیرد.  اگر فایل‌ها و پوشه‌ها به پوشه بازمی کنید، برای مثال بنامید، &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Joomla&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and then upload that folder, your site will have to be accessed at &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com/Joomla&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; به جای &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== پایگاه‌ داده‌ها برای نصب جوملا! ===&lt;br /&gt;
#اگر شما نیازدارید یک پایگاه داده ایجاد کنید، لطفاً نخست &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Creating a Database for Joomla!|ایجاد کردن یک پایگاه داده برای استفاده با جوملا!]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; مطالعه نمایید، یا به مرحله #2 بروید.&lt;br /&gt;
#لازم است که شما اطلاعات پایه‌ای پایگاه داده را یادداشت کنید که در هنگام نصب واقعی جوملا! نیاز می باشد. &lt;br /&gt;
#* مکان پایگاه داده localhost است؟ یا سرور میزبانی ویژه مثل &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;dbserver1.yourhost.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; است؟&lt;br /&gt;
#* نام پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
#* نام کاربری پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
#* گذرواژه پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== شروع نصب ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== پیکربندی نصب ===&lt;br /&gt;
With the above requirements met, a database created and the required Joomla! files in place, you are ready to install Joomla!. Start the Joomla! web installer by opening your favorite browser and browsing to the site&#039;s domain name. On host installation you will use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.yoursitename.com&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. If your are installing Joomla! locally, you will use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://localhost/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;مسیر به پرونده‌های جوملا&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, and you should see the installation screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_1.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! will try to identify the &#039;&#039;&#039;Select Language&#039;&#039;&#039; field automatically from your browser&#039;s language. You can change this if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in the following information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site Name&#039;&#039;&#039;: the name of your website — this can be changed at any point later in the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;: enter a description of the website. This is a &#039;&#039;global fallback&#039;&#039; meta description used on every page which will be used by search engines. Generally, a maximum of 20 to 25 words is optimal. Again, this can be changed on the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] page at any time. For more on &#039;&#039;metadata&#039;&#039;, see [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Metadata_Settings|Global Metadata Settings]] and [[S:MyLanguage/Entering search engine meta-data|Entering search engine meta-data]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Email Address&#039;&#039;&#039;: the admin email address. Enter a valid email in case you forget your password. This is the email address where you&#039;ll receive a link to change the admin password.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Username&#039;&#039;&#039;: Joomla! uses a default &amp;quot;admin&amp;quot; as the username for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Super User&#039;&#039;&#039;. You can leave it as is, change it now (which a good [[S:MyLanguage/Security_Checklist/Joomla!_Setup#Change the default administrator username|Security measure]]) or use [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_My_Profile|My Profile]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change it later.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Password&#039;&#039;&#039;: remember that super user has maximum control of the site (frontend &amp;amp; backend), so try to use a difficult password. Use [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_My_Profile|My Profile]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change it later. Confirm the password in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm Admin Password&#039;&#039;&#039; box.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039;&#039;: click the Yes or No box. Yes - this means when installation is complete, your Joomla! website will display the &#039;Site is offline&#039; message when you browse to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to view the home page. No - this means the site is live when you browse to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to view the home page. You can use the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change the Offline status at any time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When everything on the first page is completed, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;next button&#039;&#039;&#039; to proceed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== پیکربندی دیتابیس ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== تنظیمات پیکربندی ===&lt;br /&gt;
You will need to enter the information about the database you will use for Joomla! now. It was suggested to write this information down under &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;Prepare for Install&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; tab. You may also read or review [[S:MyLanguage/Creating a Database for Joomla!|Creating a Database for Joomla!]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.5em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_2.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For simplification, these intructions are a reference to installing with a [[wikipedia:MySQLi|MySQLi]] database. The instructions on the installation page are self explanatory, but here they are again:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Type&#039;&#039;&#039;: MySQLi is the common database used&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Hostname&#039;&#039;&#039; Where is your database located? Common is &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;localhost&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, but some hosts use a specific database server such as &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;dbserver1.yourhost.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Username&#039;&#039;&#039;: the username used to connect to the database&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Password&#039;&#039;&#039;: the password for the database&#039;s username&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Name&#039;&#039;&#039;: the name of the database&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Table Prefix&#039;&#039;&#039;: one is generated automatically, but you can change it. For example, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;jos3_&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; can be used. Just don&#039;t forget to put the underscore character (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;_&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) at the end of the prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Old Database Process&#039;&#039;&#039;: should the installer backup or delete existing tables during the installation of new tables? Click, Yes or No to select the choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these choices can be edited on the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Server|Site Global Configuration]] page, under Server options after the installation is completed. Note, you will break your installation if you change these settings after installation unless you have a complete copy of the current database being used by the Joomla! installation. Common uses would be to update the username and password of the database or to complete a move of an existing installation to a new host with different parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all the information has been filled in, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;next button&#039;&#039;&#039; to proceed:&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Finalise ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview ===&lt;br /&gt;
It is now time to finalise the Joomla! installation. The last page of the web browser installation contains all the information about the installation. This includes the options(at the top) for installing sample data and the installation&#039;s configurations(at the bottom).&lt;br /&gt;
==== Install Sample Data and Email Configurations ====&lt;br /&gt;
The first options are for automatically installing sample content to the website and emailing the configuration settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_3_top.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you are new to Joomla! it would be beneficial to install some &#039;&#039;&#039;sample data&#039;&#039;&#039; to see how Joomla! works. You can at this time choose to have the configuration settings emailed to you. If the &#039;&#039;&#039;Email Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039; choice is selected, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Email Password&#039;&#039;&#039; choice will appear. The email password is off by default for security. You can choose to have the password included, just click Yes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Time to check the configurations of your install and the environment of the installation.&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuration Check ==&lt;br /&gt;
==== Checking Your Configurations ====&lt;br /&gt;
If everything is in order, you will see the install at the top of the overview page. If not, this is the place to check and see what may be causing an issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_3_bottom.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;The &#039;&#039;&#039;section&#039;&#039;&#039; is broken into 4 groups:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Main Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039;: all the website specific information, such as the website name, description, admin username, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Database Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039;: contains the information about the database Joomla! will use.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Pre-Installation Check&#039;&#039;&#039;: these requirements must all be shown as Yes, otherwise you will not be able to install Joomla! With the exception of the PHP Version, the rest are usually controlled in the [[wikipedia:INI_file|php.ini]]. You may need assistance from your host in correcting these settings or checking to see if it is possible to adjust them. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Typical PHP settings&#039;&#039;&#039; that might cause the install to fail and may need adjusting include the following with suggested values: (1) memory_limit (64M), (2)max_execution_time (300), (3) post_max_size (30M), (4) upload_max_filesize (30M). For more information, see [http://php.net/manual/en/configuration.file.php PHP configuration file] file.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Recommended Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;: these are settings are recommended in your PHP configuration, but will not prevent Joomla! from being installed. You can refer to the above instructions on how they may be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If everything is correct and all checks are passed, you may now click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Install&#039;&#039;&#039; button in the top right corner of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Overview&#039;&#039;&#039; page. This will start the actual installation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Install&#039;&#039;&#039; button, you should see a progress bar with additional information of the installation. Once the installation completes, you should see the success page!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
== Finishing Up ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Success and Finishing Up the Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Congratulations! Joomla! 3 is now installed. If you want to start using Joomla! right way without [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Installing_Joomla#Installing_Extra_Languages|installing extra languages]] there is one last step to complete the installation. You must delete the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Remove Installation folder&#039;&#039;&#039; and a success message will appear. Now you can navigate to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; log in by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; or go right to your site by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Site&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;max-width:100%; height:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_4.png|border|700px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== نصب زبان های اضافی ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Install_Extra_Steps.png|right|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before you complete your installation by deleting the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;, click on: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;{{rarr}} مرحله اضافی: نصب زبان‌ها&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will continue the installation of Joomla! by taking you to a new installation page.&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== نصب زبان ها ====&lt;br /&gt;
A list of language packs is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_1.png|right|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check the language or language packs you wish to install. Remember the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Language packs included in custom distributions will not be listed at this stage as they are already installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* A version of the packs proposed will match the Joomla Major version (3.0.x, 3.1.x, etc.). The minor version of the pack may not correspond, e.g. you are installing version 3.3.3 and a 3.3.2 language pack is shown.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Unmatched language packs in the above example may have untranslated strings. &lt;br /&gt;
* The unmatched language packs will be offered as an update when the packs are updated by the registered Translation teams. The available update will be shown in the Control panel as well as in {{rarr|Extensions Manager,Update}}. This behavior is similar to {{rarr|Extensions Manager,Install Languages}}.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Next&#039;&#039;&#039; and a progress bar will be display while the language pack or packs are downloaded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== انتخاب زبان پیش فرض ====&lt;br /&gt;
When the download is complete you can choose the default language for the Site and the Administrator interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* زبان پیش فرض تان را انتخاب کنید.{{-}}[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_1.png]]{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also choose to activate the multilingual features of Joomla! at this time too. &lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; next to &#039;&#039;&#039;Activate the multilingual feature&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Two additional choice will appear.{{-}}[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_2_multilingual.png|600px]]{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Install localised content&#039;&#039;&#039;, yes or no. This will automatically create one content category for each language installed and one featured article with dummy content for each content category installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Enable the language code plugin&#039;&#039;&#039;, yes or no. If enabled, the plugin will add the ability to change the language code in the generated HTML document to improve SEO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you completed all the choices of language installation, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Next&#039;&#039;&#039; to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Finalise ====&lt;br /&gt;
You will now be presented with a very similar &#039;&#039;&#039;Congratulations! Joomla! is now installed.&#039;&#039;&#039; screen. The difference will be a notation of the default Administrator and Site language settings, if they were set. You will also not see the &#039;&#039;&#039;Extra Steps&#039;&#039;&#039; message in the bottom right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_3.png|center|850px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can delete the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Remove Installation folder&#039;&#039;&#039; and a success message will appear. Now you can navigate to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; log in by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; or go right to your site by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Site&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Installation{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.x{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.0{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.1{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.2{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.3{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.4{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.5{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.6{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:J3.x:Installing_Joomla/11/fa&amp;diff=613880</id>
		<title>Translations:J3.x:Installing Joomla/11/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:J3.x:Installing_Joomla/11/fa&amp;diff=613880"/>
		<updated>2019-06-02T12:45:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;اگر شما فایل‌های روی رایانه خودتان باز می کنید، سپس آنها را به سرور کپی می کنید، مطمئن باشید که ه...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;اگر شما فایل‌های روی رایانه خودتان باز می کنید، سپس آنها را به سرور کپی می کنید، مطمئن باشید که همه‌ی فایل‌ها و پوشه‌ها &#039;&#039;&#039;داخل&#039;&#039;&#039; بسته جوملا  دربرگیرد.  اگر فایل‌ها و پوشه‌ها به پوشه بازمی کنید، برای مثال بنامید،&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J3.x:Installing_Joomla/fa&amp;diff=613879</id>
		<title>J3.x:Installing Joomla/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J3.x:Installing_Joomla/fa&amp;diff=613879"/>
		<updated>2019-06-02T12:41:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;پوشه &amp;quot;ریشه&amp;quot; سرور شما&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
﻿نصب کردن جوملا! برای اولین بار خیلی آسان است. نصب توکار وب جوملا! باعث راه اندازی سایت جدید شما می شود.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== نیازمندی ها ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== نیازمندهای میزبانی ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
پیش از اینکه ما نصب جوملا! را شروع کنیم،  لازم است که یک جفت پیش‌نیاز برای نصب جوملا! {{ns}} با موفقیت برآورده شود. این باید انجام شود، چه شما یک سرور اختصاصی داشته باشید یا یک طرح هاست اشتراکی سرورو یا در حال نصب یک رونوشت روی رایانه شخصی خودتان برای آزمایش یا توسعه باشید.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;شما نیاز به مشاهده نیازمندی‌های زیر برای نصب و استفاده جوملا! دارید.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== منابع ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Recommended PHP.ini Settings ====&lt;br /&gt;
There are some PHP settings that need to be sufficient for Joomla to install.  The settings are usually in a &amp;quot;php.ini&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;user.ini&amp;quot;.  Talk to your host about how to change theses settings if it is possible to do so.  If working on a localhost e.g. with XAMPP, you should not be restricted by these settings and VPS or dedicated hosting should also not be as restrictive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The values for PHP.ini below are &#039;&#039;suggested values&#039;&#039; only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* memory_limit - &#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum:&#039;&#039;&#039; 64M  &#039;&#039;&#039;Recommended:&#039;&#039;&#039; 128M or better&lt;br /&gt;
* upload_max_filesize - &#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum:&#039;&#039;&#039; 20M &lt;br /&gt;
* post_max_size - &#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum:&#039;&#039;&#039; 20M&lt;br /&gt;
* max_execution_time:  &#039;&#039;&#039;At Least&#039;&#039;&#039; 120  &#039;&#039;&#039;Recommended:&#039;&#039;&#039; 300&lt;br /&gt;
== آماده شدن برای نصب ==&lt;br /&gt;
شما قبل از نصب جوملا! بروی سرور خودتان لازم است دو کار را انجام دهید. اول، نیاز است که شما بسته فایل‌های جوملا! را دانلود کنید. بعد، شما نیاز به یک پایگاه داده‌ها برای به کارگیری آن در جوملا! نیاز دارید.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== دانلود و آپلود فایل‌های بسته جوملا! === &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#دانلود انتشار کنونی [http://www.joomla.org/download.html Joomla! {{ns}}]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#بسته‌ی نصب جوملا! را به سرور انتقال دهید. از یک [[wikipedia:FTP Client|کلاینت FTP]] برای انتقال فایل‌های جوملا 3.x به سرور خودتان استفاده کنید. چندین امکان برای این کار وجود دارد، جزئیات در  [[wp:Comparison_of_FTP_client_software|فهرست کلاینت‌های FTP]] موجود است. لطفاً مطمئن شوید که از یک نسخه رسمی FTP استفاده می‌کنید.&lt;br /&gt;
:: Hint - This can be accomplished by simply moving the downloaded package to your server, then unpacking it.  Or you can unpack the files on your local computer, then move the Joomla installation over to your server.  Either way, the Joomla installation needs to be unpacked in the root of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;root&amp;quot; of your site is the public folder where all web page files are stored so that a user can view the site examples include public_html and htdocs.  What your Host uses depends on them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{tip|text=Normally you upload your web files to the root folder.  This is typically named &amp;quot;public_html&amp;quot; but other variations include &amp;quot;htdocs&amp;quot; and this depends on what your host has the set up on the server.  For Joomla purposes, you can load the files directly into &amp;quot;public_html&amp;quot; or a sub-folder within it.|title=پوشه &amp;quot;ریشه&amp;quot; سرور شما}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{warning|title=اخطار!|If you unpack the files on your own computer, then copy them to your server, be sure to move only the folders and files contained &#039;&#039;&#039;INSIDE&#039;&#039;&#039; the Joomla! package.  If you unpack the folders and files into a folder, for example called, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Joomla&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and then upload that folder, your site will have to be accessed at &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com/Joomla&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; به جای &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== پایگاه‌ داده‌ها برای نصب جوملا! ===&lt;br /&gt;
#اگر شما نیازدارید یک پایگاه داده ایجاد کنید، لطفاً نخست &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Creating a Database for Joomla!|ایجاد کردن یک پایگاه داده برای استفاده با جوملا!]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; مطالعه نمایید، یا به مرحله #2 بروید.&lt;br /&gt;
#لازم است که شما اطلاعات پایه‌ای پایگاه داده را یادداشت کنید که در هنگام نصب واقعی جوملا! نیاز می باشد. &lt;br /&gt;
#* مکان پایگاه داده localhost است؟ یا سرور میزبانی ویژه مثل &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;dbserver1.yourhost.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; است؟&lt;br /&gt;
#* نام پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
#* نام کاربری پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
#* گذرواژه پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== شروع نصب ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== پیکربندی نصب ===&lt;br /&gt;
With the above requirements met, a database created and the required Joomla! files in place, you are ready to install Joomla!. Start the Joomla! web installer by opening your favorite browser and browsing to the site&#039;s domain name. On host installation you will use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.yoursitename.com&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. If your are installing Joomla! locally, you will use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://localhost/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;مسیر به پرونده‌های جوملا&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, and you should see the installation screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_1.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! will try to identify the &#039;&#039;&#039;Select Language&#039;&#039;&#039; field automatically from your browser&#039;s language. You can change this if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in the following information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site Name&#039;&#039;&#039;: the name of your website — this can be changed at any point later in the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;: enter a description of the website. This is a &#039;&#039;global fallback&#039;&#039; meta description used on every page which will be used by search engines. Generally, a maximum of 20 to 25 words is optimal. Again, this can be changed on the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] page at any time. For more on &#039;&#039;metadata&#039;&#039;, see [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Metadata_Settings|Global Metadata Settings]] and [[S:MyLanguage/Entering search engine meta-data|Entering search engine meta-data]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Email Address&#039;&#039;&#039;: the admin email address. Enter a valid email in case you forget your password. This is the email address where you&#039;ll receive a link to change the admin password.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Username&#039;&#039;&#039;: Joomla! uses a default &amp;quot;admin&amp;quot; as the username for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Super User&#039;&#039;&#039;. You can leave it as is, change it now (which a good [[S:MyLanguage/Security_Checklist/Joomla!_Setup#Change the default administrator username|Security measure]]) or use [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_My_Profile|My Profile]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change it later.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Password&#039;&#039;&#039;: remember that super user has maximum control of the site (frontend &amp;amp; backend), so try to use a difficult password. Use [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_My_Profile|My Profile]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change it later. Confirm the password in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm Admin Password&#039;&#039;&#039; box.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039;&#039;: click the Yes or No box. Yes - this means when installation is complete, your Joomla! website will display the &#039;Site is offline&#039; message when you browse to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to view the home page. No - this means the site is live when you browse to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to view the home page. You can use the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change the Offline status at any time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When everything on the first page is completed, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;next button&#039;&#039;&#039; to proceed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== پیکربندی دیتابیس ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== تنظیمات پیکربندی ===&lt;br /&gt;
You will need to enter the information about the database you will use for Joomla! now. It was suggested to write this information down under &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;Prepare for Install&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; tab. You may also read or review [[S:MyLanguage/Creating a Database for Joomla!|Creating a Database for Joomla!]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.5em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_2.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For simplification, these intructions are a reference to installing with a [[wikipedia:MySQLi|MySQLi]] database. The instructions on the installation page are self explanatory, but here they are again:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Type&#039;&#039;&#039;: MySQLi is the common database used&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Hostname&#039;&#039;&#039; Where is your database located? Common is &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;localhost&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, but some hosts use a specific database server such as &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;dbserver1.yourhost.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Username&#039;&#039;&#039;: the username used to connect to the database&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Password&#039;&#039;&#039;: the password for the database&#039;s username&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Name&#039;&#039;&#039;: the name of the database&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Table Prefix&#039;&#039;&#039;: one is generated automatically, but you can change it. For example, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;jos3_&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; can be used. Just don&#039;t forget to put the underscore character (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;_&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) at the end of the prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Old Database Process&#039;&#039;&#039;: should the installer backup or delete existing tables during the installation of new tables? Click, Yes or No to select the choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these choices can be edited on the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Server|Site Global Configuration]] page, under Server options after the installation is completed. Note, you will break your installation if you change these settings after installation unless you have a complete copy of the current database being used by the Joomla! installation. Common uses would be to update the username and password of the database or to complete a move of an existing installation to a new host with different parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all the information has been filled in, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;next button&#039;&#039;&#039; to proceed:&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Finalise ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview ===&lt;br /&gt;
It is now time to finalise the Joomla! installation. The last page of the web browser installation contains all the information about the installation. This includes the options(at the top) for installing sample data and the installation&#039;s configurations(at the bottom).&lt;br /&gt;
==== Install Sample Data and Email Configurations ====&lt;br /&gt;
The first options are for automatically installing sample content to the website and emailing the configuration settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_3_top.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you are new to Joomla! it would be beneficial to install some &#039;&#039;&#039;sample data&#039;&#039;&#039; to see how Joomla! works. You can at this time choose to have the configuration settings emailed to you. If the &#039;&#039;&#039;Email Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039; choice is selected, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Email Password&#039;&#039;&#039; choice will appear. The email password is off by default for security. You can choose to have the password included, just click Yes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Time to check the configurations of your install and the environment of the installation.&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuration Check ==&lt;br /&gt;
==== Checking Your Configurations ====&lt;br /&gt;
If everything is in order, you will see the install at the top of the overview page. If not, this is the place to check and see what may be causing an issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_3_bottom.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;The &#039;&#039;&#039;section&#039;&#039;&#039; is broken into 4 groups:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Main Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039;: all the website specific information, such as the website name, description, admin username, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Database Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039;: contains the information about the database Joomla! will use.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Pre-Installation Check&#039;&#039;&#039;: these requirements must all be shown as Yes, otherwise you will not be able to install Joomla! With the exception of the PHP Version, the rest are usually controlled in the [[wikipedia:INI_file|php.ini]]. You may need assistance from your host in correcting these settings or checking to see if it is possible to adjust them. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Typical PHP settings&#039;&#039;&#039; that might cause the install to fail and may need adjusting include the following with suggested values: (1) memory_limit (64M), (2)max_execution_time (300), (3) post_max_size (30M), (4) upload_max_filesize (30M). For more information, see [http://php.net/manual/en/configuration.file.php PHP configuration file] file.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Recommended Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;: these are settings are recommended in your PHP configuration, but will not prevent Joomla! from being installed. You can refer to the above instructions on how they may be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If everything is correct and all checks are passed, you may now click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Install&#039;&#039;&#039; button in the top right corner of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Overview&#039;&#039;&#039; page. This will start the actual installation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Install&#039;&#039;&#039; button, you should see a progress bar with additional information of the installation. Once the installation completes, you should see the success page!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
== Finishing Up ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Success and Finishing Up the Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Congratulations! Joomla! 3 is now installed. If you want to start using Joomla! right way without [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Installing_Joomla#Installing_Extra_Languages|installing extra languages]] there is one last step to complete the installation. You must delete the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Remove Installation folder&#039;&#039;&#039; and a success message will appear. Now you can navigate to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; log in by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; or go right to your site by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Site&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;max-width:100%; height:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_4.png|border|700px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== نصب زبان های اضافی ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Install_Extra_Steps.png|right|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before you complete your installation by deleting the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;, click on: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;{{rarr}} مرحله اضافی: نصب زبان‌ها&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will continue the installation of Joomla! by taking you to a new installation page.&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== نصب زبان ها ====&lt;br /&gt;
A list of language packs is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_1.png|right|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check the language or language packs you wish to install. Remember the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Language packs included in custom distributions will not be listed at this stage as they are already installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* A version of the packs proposed will match the Joomla Major version (3.0.x, 3.1.x, etc.). The minor version of the pack may not correspond, e.g. you are installing version 3.3.3 and a 3.3.2 language pack is shown.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Unmatched language packs in the above example may have untranslated strings. &lt;br /&gt;
* The unmatched language packs will be offered as an update when the packs are updated by the registered Translation teams. The available update will be shown in the Control panel as well as in {{rarr|Extensions Manager,Update}}. This behavior is similar to {{rarr|Extensions Manager,Install Languages}}.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Next&#039;&#039;&#039; and a progress bar will be display while the language pack or packs are downloaded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== انتخاب زبان پیش فرض ====&lt;br /&gt;
When the download is complete you can choose the default language for the Site and the Administrator interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* زبان پیش فرض تان را انتخاب کنید.{{-}}[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_1.png]]{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also choose to activate the multilingual features of Joomla! at this time too. &lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; next to &#039;&#039;&#039;Activate the multilingual feature&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Two additional choice will appear.{{-}}[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_2_multilingual.png|600px]]{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Install localised content&#039;&#039;&#039;, yes or no. This will automatically create one content category for each language installed and one featured article with dummy content for each content category installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Enable the language code plugin&#039;&#039;&#039;, yes or no. If enabled, the plugin will add the ability to change the language code in the generated HTML document to improve SEO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you completed all the choices of language installation, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Next&#039;&#039;&#039; to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Finalise ====&lt;br /&gt;
You will now be presented with a very similar &#039;&#039;&#039;Congratulations! Joomla! is now installed.&#039;&#039;&#039; screen. The difference will be a notation of the default Administrator and Site language settings, if they were set. You will also not see the &#039;&#039;&#039;Extra Steps&#039;&#039;&#039; message in the bottom right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_3.png|center|850px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can delete the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Remove Installation folder&#039;&#039;&#039; and a success message will appear. Now you can navigate to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; log in by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; or go right to your site by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Site&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Installation{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.x{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.0{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.1{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.2{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.3{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.4{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.5{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.6{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:J3.x:Installing_Joomla/77/fa&amp;diff=613878</id>
		<title>Translations:J3.x:Installing Joomla/77/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:J3.x:Installing_Joomla/77/fa&amp;diff=613878"/>
		<updated>2019-06-02T12:41:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;پوشه &amp;quot;ریشه&amp;quot; سرور شما&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;پوشه &amp;quot;ریشه&amp;quot; سرور شما&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:J3.x:Installing_Joomla/43/fa&amp;diff=613877</id>
		<title>Translations:J3.x:Installing Joomla/43/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:J3.x:Installing_Joomla/43/fa&amp;diff=613877"/>
		<updated>2019-06-02T12:39:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;J30_Installation_screen_page_4.png&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;J30_Installation_screen_page_4.png&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J3.x:Installing_Joomla/fa&amp;diff=613876</id>
		<title>J3.x:Installing Joomla/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J3.x:Installing_Joomla/fa&amp;diff=613876"/>
		<updated>2019-06-02T12:39:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;مرحله اضافی: نصب زبان‌ها&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
﻿نصب کردن جوملا! برای اولین بار خیلی آسان است. نصب توکار وب جوملا! باعث راه اندازی سایت جدید شما می شود.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== نیازمندی ها ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== نیازمندهای میزبانی ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
پیش از اینکه ما نصب جوملا! را شروع کنیم،  لازم است که یک جفت پیش‌نیاز برای نصب جوملا! {{ns}} با موفقیت برآورده شود. این باید انجام شود، چه شما یک سرور اختصاصی داشته باشید یا یک طرح هاست اشتراکی سرورو یا در حال نصب یک رونوشت روی رایانه شخصی خودتان برای آزمایش یا توسعه باشید.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;شما نیاز به مشاهده نیازمندی‌های زیر برای نصب و استفاده جوملا! دارید.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== منابع ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Recommended PHP.ini Settings ====&lt;br /&gt;
There are some PHP settings that need to be sufficient for Joomla to install.  The settings are usually in a &amp;quot;php.ini&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;user.ini&amp;quot;.  Talk to your host about how to change theses settings if it is possible to do so.  If working on a localhost e.g. with XAMPP, you should not be restricted by these settings and VPS or dedicated hosting should also not be as restrictive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The values for PHP.ini below are &#039;&#039;suggested values&#039;&#039; only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* memory_limit - &#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum:&#039;&#039;&#039; 64M  &#039;&#039;&#039;Recommended:&#039;&#039;&#039; 128M or better&lt;br /&gt;
* upload_max_filesize - &#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum:&#039;&#039;&#039; 20M &lt;br /&gt;
* post_max_size - &#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum:&#039;&#039;&#039; 20M&lt;br /&gt;
* max_execution_time:  &#039;&#039;&#039;At Least&#039;&#039;&#039; 120  &#039;&#039;&#039;Recommended:&#039;&#039;&#039; 300&lt;br /&gt;
== آماده شدن برای نصب ==&lt;br /&gt;
شما قبل از نصب جوملا! بروی سرور خودتان لازم است دو کار را انجام دهید. اول، نیاز است که شما بسته فایل‌های جوملا! را دانلود کنید. بعد، شما نیاز به یک پایگاه داده‌ها برای به کارگیری آن در جوملا! نیاز دارید.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== دانلود و آپلود فایل‌های بسته جوملا! === &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#دانلود انتشار کنونی [http://www.joomla.org/download.html Joomla! {{ns}}]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#بسته‌ی نصب جوملا! را به سرور انتقال دهید. از یک [[wikipedia:FTP Client|کلاینت FTP]] برای انتقال فایل‌های جوملا 3.x به سرور خودتان استفاده کنید. چندین امکان برای این کار وجود دارد، جزئیات در  [[wp:Comparison_of_FTP_client_software|فهرست کلاینت‌های FTP]] موجود است. لطفاً مطمئن شوید که از یک نسخه رسمی FTP استفاده می‌کنید.&lt;br /&gt;
:: Hint - This can be accomplished by simply moving the downloaded package to your server, then unpacking it.  Or you can unpack the files on your local computer, then move the Joomla installation over to your server.  Either way, the Joomla installation needs to be unpacked in the root of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;root&amp;quot; of your site is the public folder where all web page files are stored so that a user can view the site examples include public_html and htdocs.  What your Host uses depends on them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{tip|text=Normally you upload your web files to the root folder.  This is typically named &amp;quot;public_html&amp;quot; but other variations include &amp;quot;htdocs&amp;quot; and this depends on what your host has the set up on the server.  For Joomla purposes, you can load the files directly into &amp;quot;public_html&amp;quot; or a sub-folder within it.|title=Your Server&#039;s &amp;quot;root&amp;quot; Folder}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{warning|title=اخطار!|If you unpack the files on your own computer, then copy them to your server, be sure to move only the folders and files contained &#039;&#039;&#039;INSIDE&#039;&#039;&#039; the Joomla! package.  If you unpack the folders and files into a folder, for example called, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Joomla&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and then upload that folder, your site will have to be accessed at &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com/Joomla&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; به جای &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== پایگاه‌ داده‌ها برای نصب جوملا! ===&lt;br /&gt;
#اگر شما نیازدارید یک پایگاه داده ایجاد کنید، لطفاً نخست &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Creating a Database for Joomla!|ایجاد کردن یک پایگاه داده برای استفاده با جوملا!]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; مطالعه نمایید، یا به مرحله #2 بروید.&lt;br /&gt;
#لازم است که شما اطلاعات پایه‌ای پایگاه داده را یادداشت کنید که در هنگام نصب واقعی جوملا! نیاز می باشد. &lt;br /&gt;
#* مکان پایگاه داده localhost است؟ یا سرور میزبانی ویژه مثل &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;dbserver1.yourhost.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; است؟&lt;br /&gt;
#* نام پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
#* نام کاربری پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
#* گذرواژه پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== شروع نصب ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== پیکربندی نصب ===&lt;br /&gt;
With the above requirements met, a database created and the required Joomla! files in place, you are ready to install Joomla!. Start the Joomla! web installer by opening your favorite browser and browsing to the site&#039;s domain name. On host installation you will use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.yoursitename.com&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. If your are installing Joomla! locally, you will use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://localhost/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;مسیر به پرونده‌های جوملا&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, and you should see the installation screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_1.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! will try to identify the &#039;&#039;&#039;Select Language&#039;&#039;&#039; field automatically from your browser&#039;s language. You can change this if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in the following information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site Name&#039;&#039;&#039;: the name of your website — this can be changed at any point later in the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;: enter a description of the website. This is a &#039;&#039;global fallback&#039;&#039; meta description used on every page which will be used by search engines. Generally, a maximum of 20 to 25 words is optimal. Again, this can be changed on the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] page at any time. For more on &#039;&#039;metadata&#039;&#039;, see [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Metadata_Settings|Global Metadata Settings]] and [[S:MyLanguage/Entering search engine meta-data|Entering search engine meta-data]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Email Address&#039;&#039;&#039;: the admin email address. Enter a valid email in case you forget your password. This is the email address where you&#039;ll receive a link to change the admin password.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Username&#039;&#039;&#039;: Joomla! uses a default &amp;quot;admin&amp;quot; as the username for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Super User&#039;&#039;&#039;. You can leave it as is, change it now (which a good [[S:MyLanguage/Security_Checklist/Joomla!_Setup#Change the default administrator username|Security measure]]) or use [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_My_Profile|My Profile]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change it later.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Password&#039;&#039;&#039;: remember that super user has maximum control of the site (frontend &amp;amp; backend), so try to use a difficult password. Use [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_My_Profile|My Profile]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change it later. Confirm the password in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm Admin Password&#039;&#039;&#039; box.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039;&#039;: click the Yes or No box. Yes - this means when installation is complete, your Joomla! website will display the &#039;Site is offline&#039; message when you browse to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to view the home page. No - this means the site is live when you browse to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to view the home page. You can use the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change the Offline status at any time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When everything on the first page is completed, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;next button&#039;&#039;&#039; to proceed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== پیکربندی دیتابیس ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== تنظیمات پیکربندی ===&lt;br /&gt;
You will need to enter the information about the database you will use for Joomla! now. It was suggested to write this information down under &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;Prepare for Install&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; tab. You may also read or review [[S:MyLanguage/Creating a Database for Joomla!|Creating a Database for Joomla!]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.5em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_2.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For simplification, these intructions are a reference to installing with a [[wikipedia:MySQLi|MySQLi]] database. The instructions on the installation page are self explanatory, but here they are again:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Type&#039;&#039;&#039;: MySQLi is the common database used&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Hostname&#039;&#039;&#039; Where is your database located? Common is &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;localhost&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, but some hosts use a specific database server such as &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;dbserver1.yourhost.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Username&#039;&#039;&#039;: the username used to connect to the database&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Password&#039;&#039;&#039;: the password for the database&#039;s username&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Name&#039;&#039;&#039;: the name of the database&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Table Prefix&#039;&#039;&#039;: one is generated automatically, but you can change it. For example, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;jos3_&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; can be used. Just don&#039;t forget to put the underscore character (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;_&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) at the end of the prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Old Database Process&#039;&#039;&#039;: should the installer backup or delete existing tables during the installation of new tables? Click, Yes or No to select the choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these choices can be edited on the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Server|Site Global Configuration]] page, under Server options after the installation is completed. Note, you will break your installation if you change these settings after installation unless you have a complete copy of the current database being used by the Joomla! installation. Common uses would be to update the username and password of the database or to complete a move of an existing installation to a new host with different parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all the information has been filled in, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;next button&#039;&#039;&#039; to proceed:&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Finalise ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview ===&lt;br /&gt;
It is now time to finalise the Joomla! installation. The last page of the web browser installation contains all the information about the installation. This includes the options(at the top) for installing sample data and the installation&#039;s configurations(at the bottom).&lt;br /&gt;
==== Install Sample Data and Email Configurations ====&lt;br /&gt;
The first options are for automatically installing sample content to the website and emailing the configuration settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_3_top.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you are new to Joomla! it would be beneficial to install some &#039;&#039;&#039;sample data&#039;&#039;&#039; to see how Joomla! works. You can at this time choose to have the configuration settings emailed to you. If the &#039;&#039;&#039;Email Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039; choice is selected, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Email Password&#039;&#039;&#039; choice will appear. The email password is off by default for security. You can choose to have the password included, just click Yes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Time to check the configurations of your install and the environment of the installation.&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuration Check ==&lt;br /&gt;
==== Checking Your Configurations ====&lt;br /&gt;
If everything is in order, you will see the install at the top of the overview page. If not, this is the place to check and see what may be causing an issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_3_bottom.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;The &#039;&#039;&#039;section&#039;&#039;&#039; is broken into 4 groups:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Main Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039;: all the website specific information, such as the website name, description, admin username, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Database Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039;: contains the information about the database Joomla! will use.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Pre-Installation Check&#039;&#039;&#039;: these requirements must all be shown as Yes, otherwise you will not be able to install Joomla! With the exception of the PHP Version, the rest are usually controlled in the [[wikipedia:INI_file|php.ini]]. You may need assistance from your host in correcting these settings or checking to see if it is possible to adjust them. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Typical PHP settings&#039;&#039;&#039; that might cause the install to fail and may need adjusting include the following with suggested values: (1) memory_limit (64M), (2)max_execution_time (300), (3) post_max_size (30M), (4) upload_max_filesize (30M). For more information, see [http://php.net/manual/en/configuration.file.php PHP configuration file] file.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Recommended Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;: these are settings are recommended in your PHP configuration, but will not prevent Joomla! from being installed. You can refer to the above instructions on how they may be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If everything is correct and all checks are passed, you may now click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Install&#039;&#039;&#039; button in the top right corner of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Overview&#039;&#039;&#039; page. This will start the actual installation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Install&#039;&#039;&#039; button, you should see a progress bar with additional information of the installation. Once the installation completes, you should see the success page!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
== Finishing Up ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Success and Finishing Up the Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Congratulations! Joomla! 3 is now installed. If you want to start using Joomla! right way without [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Installing_Joomla#Installing_Extra_Languages|installing extra languages]] there is one last step to complete the installation. You must delete the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Remove Installation folder&#039;&#039;&#039; and a success message will appear. Now you can navigate to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; log in by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; or go right to your site by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Site&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;max-width:100%; height:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_4.png|border|700px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== نصب زبان های اضافی ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Install_Extra_Steps.png|right|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before you complete your installation by deleting the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;, click on: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;{{rarr}} مرحله اضافی: نصب زبان‌ها&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will continue the installation of Joomla! by taking you to a new installation page.&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== نصب زبان ها ====&lt;br /&gt;
A list of language packs is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_1.png|right|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check the language or language packs you wish to install. Remember the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Language packs included in custom distributions will not be listed at this stage as they are already installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* A version of the packs proposed will match the Joomla Major version (3.0.x, 3.1.x, etc.). The minor version of the pack may not correspond, e.g. you are installing version 3.3.3 and a 3.3.2 language pack is shown.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Unmatched language packs in the above example may have untranslated strings. &lt;br /&gt;
* The unmatched language packs will be offered as an update when the packs are updated by the registered Translation teams. The available update will be shown in the Control panel as well as in {{rarr|Extensions Manager,Update}}. This behavior is similar to {{rarr|Extensions Manager,Install Languages}}.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Next&#039;&#039;&#039; and a progress bar will be display while the language pack or packs are downloaded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== انتخاب زبان پیش فرض ====&lt;br /&gt;
When the download is complete you can choose the default language for the Site and the Administrator interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* زبان پیش فرض تان را انتخاب کنید.{{-}}[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_1.png]]{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also choose to activate the multilingual features of Joomla! at this time too. &lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; next to &#039;&#039;&#039;Activate the multilingual feature&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Two additional choice will appear.{{-}}[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_2_multilingual.png|600px]]{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Install localised content&#039;&#039;&#039;, yes or no. This will automatically create one content category for each language installed and one featured article with dummy content for each content category installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Enable the language code plugin&#039;&#039;&#039;, yes or no. If enabled, the plugin will add the ability to change the language code in the generated HTML document to improve SEO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you completed all the choices of language installation, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Next&#039;&#039;&#039; to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Finalise ====&lt;br /&gt;
You will now be presented with a very similar &#039;&#039;&#039;Congratulations! Joomla! is now installed.&#039;&#039;&#039; screen. The difference will be a notation of the default Administrator and Site language settings, if they were set. You will also not see the &#039;&#039;&#039;Extra Steps&#039;&#039;&#039; message in the bottom right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_3.png|center|850px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can delete the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Remove Installation folder&#039;&#039;&#039; and a success message will appear. Now you can navigate to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; log in by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; or go right to your site by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Site&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Installation{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.x{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.0{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.1{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.2{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.3{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.4{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.5{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.6{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:J3.x:Installing_Joomla/51/fa&amp;diff=613875</id>
		<title>Translations:J3.x:Installing Joomla/51/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:J3.x:Installing_Joomla/51/fa&amp;diff=613875"/>
		<updated>2019-06-02T12:39:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;مرحله اضافی: نصب زبان‌ها&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;مرحله اضافی: نصب زبان‌ها&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J3.x:Installing_Joomla/fa&amp;diff=613874</id>
		<title>J3.x:Installing Joomla/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J3.x:Installing_Joomla/fa&amp;diff=613874"/>
		<updated>2019-06-02T12:38:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_1.png&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
﻿نصب کردن جوملا! برای اولین بار خیلی آسان است. نصب توکار وب جوملا! باعث راه اندازی سایت جدید شما می شود.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== نیازمندی ها ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== نیازمندهای میزبانی ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
پیش از اینکه ما نصب جوملا! را شروع کنیم،  لازم است که یک جفت پیش‌نیاز برای نصب جوملا! {{ns}} با موفقیت برآورده شود. این باید انجام شود، چه شما یک سرور اختصاصی داشته باشید یا یک طرح هاست اشتراکی سرورو یا در حال نصب یک رونوشت روی رایانه شخصی خودتان برای آزمایش یا توسعه باشید.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;شما نیاز به مشاهده نیازمندی‌های زیر برای نصب و استفاده جوملا! دارید.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== منابع ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Recommended PHP.ini Settings ====&lt;br /&gt;
There are some PHP settings that need to be sufficient for Joomla to install.  The settings are usually in a &amp;quot;php.ini&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;user.ini&amp;quot;.  Talk to your host about how to change theses settings if it is possible to do so.  If working on a localhost e.g. with XAMPP, you should not be restricted by these settings and VPS or dedicated hosting should also not be as restrictive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The values for PHP.ini below are &#039;&#039;suggested values&#039;&#039; only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* memory_limit - &#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum:&#039;&#039;&#039; 64M  &#039;&#039;&#039;Recommended:&#039;&#039;&#039; 128M or better&lt;br /&gt;
* upload_max_filesize - &#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum:&#039;&#039;&#039; 20M &lt;br /&gt;
* post_max_size - &#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum:&#039;&#039;&#039; 20M&lt;br /&gt;
* max_execution_time:  &#039;&#039;&#039;At Least&#039;&#039;&#039; 120  &#039;&#039;&#039;Recommended:&#039;&#039;&#039; 300&lt;br /&gt;
== آماده شدن برای نصب ==&lt;br /&gt;
شما قبل از نصب جوملا! بروی سرور خودتان لازم است دو کار را انجام دهید. اول، نیاز است که شما بسته فایل‌های جوملا! را دانلود کنید. بعد، شما نیاز به یک پایگاه داده‌ها برای به کارگیری آن در جوملا! نیاز دارید.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== دانلود و آپلود فایل‌های بسته جوملا! === &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#دانلود انتشار کنونی [http://www.joomla.org/download.html Joomla! {{ns}}]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#بسته‌ی نصب جوملا! را به سرور انتقال دهید. از یک [[wikipedia:FTP Client|کلاینت FTP]] برای انتقال فایل‌های جوملا 3.x به سرور خودتان استفاده کنید. چندین امکان برای این کار وجود دارد، جزئیات در  [[wp:Comparison_of_FTP_client_software|فهرست کلاینت‌های FTP]] موجود است. لطفاً مطمئن شوید که از یک نسخه رسمی FTP استفاده می‌کنید.&lt;br /&gt;
:: Hint - This can be accomplished by simply moving the downloaded package to your server, then unpacking it.  Or you can unpack the files on your local computer, then move the Joomla installation over to your server.  Either way, the Joomla installation needs to be unpacked in the root of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;root&amp;quot; of your site is the public folder where all web page files are stored so that a user can view the site examples include public_html and htdocs.  What your Host uses depends on them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{tip|text=Normally you upload your web files to the root folder.  This is typically named &amp;quot;public_html&amp;quot; but other variations include &amp;quot;htdocs&amp;quot; and this depends on what your host has the set up on the server.  For Joomla purposes, you can load the files directly into &amp;quot;public_html&amp;quot; or a sub-folder within it.|title=Your Server&#039;s &amp;quot;root&amp;quot; Folder}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{warning|title=اخطار!|If you unpack the files on your own computer, then copy them to your server, be sure to move only the folders and files contained &#039;&#039;&#039;INSIDE&#039;&#039;&#039; the Joomla! package.  If you unpack the folders and files into a folder, for example called, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Joomla&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and then upload that folder, your site will have to be accessed at &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com/Joomla&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; به جای &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== پایگاه‌ داده‌ها برای نصب جوملا! ===&lt;br /&gt;
#اگر شما نیازدارید یک پایگاه داده ایجاد کنید، لطفاً نخست &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Creating a Database for Joomla!|ایجاد کردن یک پایگاه داده برای استفاده با جوملا!]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; مطالعه نمایید، یا به مرحله #2 بروید.&lt;br /&gt;
#لازم است که شما اطلاعات پایه‌ای پایگاه داده را یادداشت کنید که در هنگام نصب واقعی جوملا! نیاز می باشد. &lt;br /&gt;
#* مکان پایگاه داده localhost است؟ یا سرور میزبانی ویژه مثل &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;dbserver1.yourhost.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; است؟&lt;br /&gt;
#* نام پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
#* نام کاربری پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
#* گذرواژه پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== شروع نصب ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== پیکربندی نصب ===&lt;br /&gt;
With the above requirements met, a database created and the required Joomla! files in place, you are ready to install Joomla!. Start the Joomla! web installer by opening your favorite browser and browsing to the site&#039;s domain name. On host installation you will use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.yoursitename.com&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. If your are installing Joomla! locally, you will use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://localhost/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;مسیر به پرونده‌های جوملا&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, and you should see the installation screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_1.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! will try to identify the &#039;&#039;&#039;Select Language&#039;&#039;&#039; field automatically from your browser&#039;s language. You can change this if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in the following information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site Name&#039;&#039;&#039;: the name of your website — this can be changed at any point later in the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;: enter a description of the website. This is a &#039;&#039;global fallback&#039;&#039; meta description used on every page which will be used by search engines. Generally, a maximum of 20 to 25 words is optimal. Again, this can be changed on the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] page at any time. For more on &#039;&#039;metadata&#039;&#039;, see [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Metadata_Settings|Global Metadata Settings]] and [[S:MyLanguage/Entering search engine meta-data|Entering search engine meta-data]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Email Address&#039;&#039;&#039;: the admin email address. Enter a valid email in case you forget your password. This is the email address where you&#039;ll receive a link to change the admin password.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Username&#039;&#039;&#039;: Joomla! uses a default &amp;quot;admin&amp;quot; as the username for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Super User&#039;&#039;&#039;. You can leave it as is, change it now (which a good [[S:MyLanguage/Security_Checklist/Joomla!_Setup#Change the default administrator username|Security measure]]) or use [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_My_Profile|My Profile]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change it later.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Password&#039;&#039;&#039;: remember that super user has maximum control of the site (frontend &amp;amp; backend), so try to use a difficult password. Use [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_My_Profile|My Profile]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change it later. Confirm the password in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm Admin Password&#039;&#039;&#039; box.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039;&#039;: click the Yes or No box. Yes - this means when installation is complete, your Joomla! website will display the &#039;Site is offline&#039; message when you browse to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to view the home page. No - this means the site is live when you browse to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to view the home page. You can use the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change the Offline status at any time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When everything on the first page is completed, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;next button&#039;&#039;&#039; to proceed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== پیکربندی دیتابیس ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== تنظیمات پیکربندی ===&lt;br /&gt;
You will need to enter the information about the database you will use for Joomla! now. It was suggested to write this information down under &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;Prepare for Install&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; tab. You may also read or review [[S:MyLanguage/Creating a Database for Joomla!|Creating a Database for Joomla!]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.5em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_2.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For simplification, these intructions are a reference to installing with a [[wikipedia:MySQLi|MySQLi]] database. The instructions on the installation page are self explanatory, but here they are again:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Type&#039;&#039;&#039;: MySQLi is the common database used&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Hostname&#039;&#039;&#039; Where is your database located? Common is &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;localhost&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, but some hosts use a specific database server such as &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;dbserver1.yourhost.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Username&#039;&#039;&#039;: the username used to connect to the database&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Password&#039;&#039;&#039;: the password for the database&#039;s username&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Name&#039;&#039;&#039;: the name of the database&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Table Prefix&#039;&#039;&#039;: one is generated automatically, but you can change it. For example, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;jos3_&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; can be used. Just don&#039;t forget to put the underscore character (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;_&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) at the end of the prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Old Database Process&#039;&#039;&#039;: should the installer backup or delete existing tables during the installation of new tables? Click, Yes or No to select the choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these choices can be edited on the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Server|Site Global Configuration]] page, under Server options after the installation is completed. Note, you will break your installation if you change these settings after installation unless you have a complete copy of the current database being used by the Joomla! installation. Common uses would be to update the username and password of the database or to complete a move of an existing installation to a new host with different parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all the information has been filled in, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;next button&#039;&#039;&#039; to proceed:&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Finalise ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview ===&lt;br /&gt;
It is now time to finalise the Joomla! installation. The last page of the web browser installation contains all the information about the installation. This includes the options(at the top) for installing sample data and the installation&#039;s configurations(at the bottom).&lt;br /&gt;
==== Install Sample Data and Email Configurations ====&lt;br /&gt;
The first options are for automatically installing sample content to the website and emailing the configuration settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_3_top.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you are new to Joomla! it would be beneficial to install some &#039;&#039;&#039;sample data&#039;&#039;&#039; to see how Joomla! works. You can at this time choose to have the configuration settings emailed to you. If the &#039;&#039;&#039;Email Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039; choice is selected, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Email Password&#039;&#039;&#039; choice will appear. The email password is off by default for security. You can choose to have the password included, just click Yes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Time to check the configurations of your install and the environment of the installation.&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuration Check ==&lt;br /&gt;
==== Checking Your Configurations ====&lt;br /&gt;
If everything is in order, you will see the install at the top of the overview page. If not, this is the place to check and see what may be causing an issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_3_bottom.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;The &#039;&#039;&#039;section&#039;&#039;&#039; is broken into 4 groups:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Main Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039;: all the website specific information, such as the website name, description, admin username, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Database Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039;: contains the information about the database Joomla! will use.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Pre-Installation Check&#039;&#039;&#039;: these requirements must all be shown as Yes, otherwise you will not be able to install Joomla! With the exception of the PHP Version, the rest are usually controlled in the [[wikipedia:INI_file|php.ini]]. You may need assistance from your host in correcting these settings or checking to see if it is possible to adjust them. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Typical PHP settings&#039;&#039;&#039; that might cause the install to fail and may need adjusting include the following with suggested values: (1) memory_limit (64M), (2)max_execution_time (300), (3) post_max_size (30M), (4) upload_max_filesize (30M). For more information, see [http://php.net/manual/en/configuration.file.php PHP configuration file] file.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Recommended Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;: these are settings are recommended in your PHP configuration, but will not prevent Joomla! from being installed. You can refer to the above instructions on how they may be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If everything is correct and all checks are passed, you may now click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Install&#039;&#039;&#039; button in the top right corner of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Overview&#039;&#039;&#039; page. This will start the actual installation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Install&#039;&#039;&#039; button, you should see a progress bar with additional information of the installation. Once the installation completes, you should see the success page!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
== Finishing Up ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Success and Finishing Up the Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Congratulations! Joomla! 3 is now installed. If you want to start using Joomla! right way without [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Installing_Joomla#Installing_Extra_Languages|installing extra languages]] there is one last step to complete the installation. You must delete the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Remove Installation folder&#039;&#039;&#039; and a success message will appear. Now you can navigate to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; log in by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; or go right to your site by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Site&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;max-width:100%; height:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_4.png|border|700px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== نصب زبان های اضافی ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Install_Extra_Steps.png|right|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before you complete your installation by deleting the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;, click on: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;{{rarr}} Extra steps: Install languages&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will continue the installation of Joomla! by taking you to a new installation page.&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== نصب زبان ها ====&lt;br /&gt;
A list of language packs is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_1.png|right|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check the language or language packs you wish to install. Remember the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Language packs included in custom distributions will not be listed at this stage as they are already installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* A version of the packs proposed will match the Joomla Major version (3.0.x, 3.1.x, etc.). The minor version of the pack may not correspond, e.g. you are installing version 3.3.3 and a 3.3.2 language pack is shown.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Unmatched language packs in the above example may have untranslated strings. &lt;br /&gt;
* The unmatched language packs will be offered as an update when the packs are updated by the registered Translation teams. The available update will be shown in the Control panel as well as in {{rarr|Extensions Manager,Update}}. This behavior is similar to {{rarr|Extensions Manager,Install Languages}}.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Next&#039;&#039;&#039; and a progress bar will be display while the language pack or packs are downloaded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== انتخاب زبان پیش فرض ====&lt;br /&gt;
When the download is complete you can choose the default language for the Site and the Administrator interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* زبان پیش فرض تان را انتخاب کنید.{{-}}[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_1.png]]{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also choose to activate the multilingual features of Joomla! at this time too. &lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; next to &#039;&#039;&#039;Activate the multilingual feature&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Two additional choice will appear.{{-}}[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_2_multilingual.png|600px]]{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Install localised content&#039;&#039;&#039;, yes or no. This will automatically create one content category for each language installed and one featured article with dummy content for each content category installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Enable the language code plugin&#039;&#039;&#039;, yes or no. If enabled, the plugin will add the ability to change the language code in the generated HTML document to improve SEO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you completed all the choices of language installation, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Next&#039;&#039;&#039; to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Finalise ====&lt;br /&gt;
You will now be presented with a very similar &#039;&#039;&#039;Congratulations! Joomla! is now installed.&#039;&#039;&#039; screen. The difference will be a notation of the default Administrator and Site language settings, if they were set. You will also not see the &#039;&#039;&#039;Extra Steps&#039;&#039;&#039; message in the bottom right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_3.png|center|850px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can delete the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Remove Installation folder&#039;&#039;&#039; and a success message will appear. Now you can navigate to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; log in by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; or go right to your site by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Site&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Installation{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.x{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.0{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.1{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.2{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.3{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.4{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.5{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.6{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:J3.x:Installing_Joomla/62/fa&amp;diff=613873</id>
		<title>Translations:J3.x:Installing Joomla/62/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:J3.x:Installing_Joomla/62/fa&amp;diff=613873"/>
		<updated>2019-06-02T12:38:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_1.png&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_1.png&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J3.x:Installing_Joomla/fa&amp;diff=613872</id>
		<title>J3.x:Installing Joomla/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J3.x:Installing_Joomla/fa&amp;diff=613872"/>
		<updated>2019-06-02T12:38:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;* زبان پیش فرض تان را انتخاب کنید.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
﻿نصب کردن جوملا! برای اولین بار خیلی آسان است. نصب توکار وب جوملا! باعث راه اندازی سایت جدید شما می شود.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== نیازمندی ها ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== نیازمندهای میزبانی ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
پیش از اینکه ما نصب جوملا! را شروع کنیم،  لازم است که یک جفت پیش‌نیاز برای نصب جوملا! {{ns}} با موفقیت برآورده شود. این باید انجام شود، چه شما یک سرور اختصاصی داشته باشید یا یک طرح هاست اشتراکی سرورو یا در حال نصب یک رونوشت روی رایانه شخصی خودتان برای آزمایش یا توسعه باشید.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;شما نیاز به مشاهده نیازمندی‌های زیر برای نصب و استفاده جوملا! دارید.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== منابع ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Recommended PHP.ini Settings ====&lt;br /&gt;
There are some PHP settings that need to be sufficient for Joomla to install.  The settings are usually in a &amp;quot;php.ini&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;user.ini&amp;quot;.  Talk to your host about how to change theses settings if it is possible to do so.  If working on a localhost e.g. with XAMPP, you should not be restricted by these settings and VPS or dedicated hosting should also not be as restrictive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The values for PHP.ini below are &#039;&#039;suggested values&#039;&#039; only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* memory_limit - &#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum:&#039;&#039;&#039; 64M  &#039;&#039;&#039;Recommended:&#039;&#039;&#039; 128M or better&lt;br /&gt;
* upload_max_filesize - &#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum:&#039;&#039;&#039; 20M &lt;br /&gt;
* post_max_size - &#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum:&#039;&#039;&#039; 20M&lt;br /&gt;
* max_execution_time:  &#039;&#039;&#039;At Least&#039;&#039;&#039; 120  &#039;&#039;&#039;Recommended:&#039;&#039;&#039; 300&lt;br /&gt;
== آماده شدن برای نصب ==&lt;br /&gt;
شما قبل از نصب جوملا! بروی سرور خودتان لازم است دو کار را انجام دهید. اول، نیاز است که شما بسته فایل‌های جوملا! را دانلود کنید. بعد، شما نیاز به یک پایگاه داده‌ها برای به کارگیری آن در جوملا! نیاز دارید.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== دانلود و آپلود فایل‌های بسته جوملا! === &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#دانلود انتشار کنونی [http://www.joomla.org/download.html Joomla! {{ns}}]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#بسته‌ی نصب جوملا! را به سرور انتقال دهید. از یک [[wikipedia:FTP Client|کلاینت FTP]] برای انتقال فایل‌های جوملا 3.x به سرور خودتان استفاده کنید. چندین امکان برای این کار وجود دارد، جزئیات در  [[wp:Comparison_of_FTP_client_software|فهرست کلاینت‌های FTP]] موجود است. لطفاً مطمئن شوید که از یک نسخه رسمی FTP استفاده می‌کنید.&lt;br /&gt;
:: Hint - This can be accomplished by simply moving the downloaded package to your server, then unpacking it.  Or you can unpack the files on your local computer, then move the Joomla installation over to your server.  Either way, the Joomla installation needs to be unpacked in the root of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;root&amp;quot; of your site is the public folder where all web page files are stored so that a user can view the site examples include public_html and htdocs.  What your Host uses depends on them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{tip|text=Normally you upload your web files to the root folder.  This is typically named &amp;quot;public_html&amp;quot; but other variations include &amp;quot;htdocs&amp;quot; and this depends on what your host has the set up on the server.  For Joomla purposes, you can load the files directly into &amp;quot;public_html&amp;quot; or a sub-folder within it.|title=Your Server&#039;s &amp;quot;root&amp;quot; Folder}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{warning|title=اخطار!|If you unpack the files on your own computer, then copy them to your server, be sure to move only the folders and files contained &#039;&#039;&#039;INSIDE&#039;&#039;&#039; the Joomla! package.  If you unpack the folders and files into a folder, for example called, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Joomla&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and then upload that folder, your site will have to be accessed at &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com/Joomla&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; به جای &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== پایگاه‌ داده‌ها برای نصب جوملا! ===&lt;br /&gt;
#اگر شما نیازدارید یک پایگاه داده ایجاد کنید، لطفاً نخست &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Creating a Database for Joomla!|ایجاد کردن یک پایگاه داده برای استفاده با جوملا!]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; مطالعه نمایید، یا به مرحله #2 بروید.&lt;br /&gt;
#لازم است که شما اطلاعات پایه‌ای پایگاه داده را یادداشت کنید که در هنگام نصب واقعی جوملا! نیاز می باشد. &lt;br /&gt;
#* مکان پایگاه داده localhost است؟ یا سرور میزبانی ویژه مثل &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;dbserver1.yourhost.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; است؟&lt;br /&gt;
#* نام پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
#* نام کاربری پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
#* گذرواژه پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== شروع نصب ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== پیکربندی نصب ===&lt;br /&gt;
With the above requirements met, a database created and the required Joomla! files in place, you are ready to install Joomla!. Start the Joomla! web installer by opening your favorite browser and browsing to the site&#039;s domain name. On host installation you will use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.yoursitename.com&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. If your are installing Joomla! locally, you will use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://localhost/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;مسیر به پرونده‌های جوملا&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, and you should see the installation screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_1.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! will try to identify the &#039;&#039;&#039;Select Language&#039;&#039;&#039; field automatically from your browser&#039;s language. You can change this if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in the following information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site Name&#039;&#039;&#039;: the name of your website — this can be changed at any point later in the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;: enter a description of the website. This is a &#039;&#039;global fallback&#039;&#039; meta description used on every page which will be used by search engines. Generally, a maximum of 20 to 25 words is optimal. Again, this can be changed on the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] page at any time. For more on &#039;&#039;metadata&#039;&#039;, see [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Metadata_Settings|Global Metadata Settings]] and [[S:MyLanguage/Entering search engine meta-data|Entering search engine meta-data]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Email Address&#039;&#039;&#039;: the admin email address. Enter a valid email in case you forget your password. This is the email address where you&#039;ll receive a link to change the admin password.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Username&#039;&#039;&#039;: Joomla! uses a default &amp;quot;admin&amp;quot; as the username for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Super User&#039;&#039;&#039;. You can leave it as is, change it now (which a good [[S:MyLanguage/Security_Checklist/Joomla!_Setup#Change the default administrator username|Security measure]]) or use [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_My_Profile|My Profile]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change it later.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Password&#039;&#039;&#039;: remember that super user has maximum control of the site (frontend &amp;amp; backend), so try to use a difficult password. Use [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_My_Profile|My Profile]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change it later. Confirm the password in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm Admin Password&#039;&#039;&#039; box.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039;&#039;: click the Yes or No box. Yes - this means when installation is complete, your Joomla! website will display the &#039;Site is offline&#039; message when you browse to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to view the home page. No - this means the site is live when you browse to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to view the home page. You can use the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change the Offline status at any time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When everything on the first page is completed, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;next button&#039;&#039;&#039; to proceed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== پیکربندی دیتابیس ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== تنظیمات پیکربندی ===&lt;br /&gt;
You will need to enter the information about the database you will use for Joomla! now. It was suggested to write this information down under &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;Prepare for Install&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; tab. You may also read or review [[S:MyLanguage/Creating a Database for Joomla!|Creating a Database for Joomla!]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.5em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_2.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For simplification, these intructions are a reference to installing with a [[wikipedia:MySQLi|MySQLi]] database. The instructions on the installation page are self explanatory, but here they are again:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Type&#039;&#039;&#039;: MySQLi is the common database used&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Hostname&#039;&#039;&#039; Where is your database located? Common is &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;localhost&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, but some hosts use a specific database server such as &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;dbserver1.yourhost.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Username&#039;&#039;&#039;: the username used to connect to the database&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Password&#039;&#039;&#039;: the password for the database&#039;s username&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Name&#039;&#039;&#039;: the name of the database&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Table Prefix&#039;&#039;&#039;: one is generated automatically, but you can change it. For example, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;jos3_&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; can be used. Just don&#039;t forget to put the underscore character (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;_&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) at the end of the prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Old Database Process&#039;&#039;&#039;: should the installer backup or delete existing tables during the installation of new tables? Click, Yes or No to select the choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these choices can be edited on the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Server|Site Global Configuration]] page, under Server options after the installation is completed. Note, you will break your installation if you change these settings after installation unless you have a complete copy of the current database being used by the Joomla! installation. Common uses would be to update the username and password of the database or to complete a move of an existing installation to a new host with different parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all the information has been filled in, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;next button&#039;&#039;&#039; to proceed:&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Finalise ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview ===&lt;br /&gt;
It is now time to finalise the Joomla! installation. The last page of the web browser installation contains all the information about the installation. This includes the options(at the top) for installing sample data and the installation&#039;s configurations(at the bottom).&lt;br /&gt;
==== Install Sample Data and Email Configurations ====&lt;br /&gt;
The first options are for automatically installing sample content to the website and emailing the configuration settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_3_top.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you are new to Joomla! it would be beneficial to install some &#039;&#039;&#039;sample data&#039;&#039;&#039; to see how Joomla! works. You can at this time choose to have the configuration settings emailed to you. If the &#039;&#039;&#039;Email Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039; choice is selected, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Email Password&#039;&#039;&#039; choice will appear. The email password is off by default for security. You can choose to have the password included, just click Yes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Time to check the configurations of your install and the environment of the installation.&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuration Check ==&lt;br /&gt;
==== Checking Your Configurations ====&lt;br /&gt;
If everything is in order, you will see the install at the top of the overview page. If not, this is the place to check and see what may be causing an issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_3_bottom.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;The &#039;&#039;&#039;section&#039;&#039;&#039; is broken into 4 groups:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Main Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039;: all the website specific information, such as the website name, description, admin username, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Database Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039;: contains the information about the database Joomla! will use.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Pre-Installation Check&#039;&#039;&#039;: these requirements must all be shown as Yes, otherwise you will not be able to install Joomla! With the exception of the PHP Version, the rest are usually controlled in the [[wikipedia:INI_file|php.ini]]. You may need assistance from your host in correcting these settings or checking to see if it is possible to adjust them. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Typical PHP settings&#039;&#039;&#039; that might cause the install to fail and may need adjusting include the following with suggested values: (1) memory_limit (64M), (2)max_execution_time (300), (3) post_max_size (30M), (4) upload_max_filesize (30M). For more information, see [http://php.net/manual/en/configuration.file.php PHP configuration file] file.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Recommended Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;: these are settings are recommended in your PHP configuration, but will not prevent Joomla! from being installed. You can refer to the above instructions on how they may be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If everything is correct and all checks are passed, you may now click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Install&#039;&#039;&#039; button in the top right corner of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Overview&#039;&#039;&#039; page. This will start the actual installation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Install&#039;&#039;&#039; button, you should see a progress bar with additional information of the installation. Once the installation completes, you should see the success page!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
== Finishing Up ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Success and Finishing Up the Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Congratulations! Joomla! 3 is now installed. If you want to start using Joomla! right way without [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Installing_Joomla#Installing_Extra_Languages|installing extra languages]] there is one last step to complete the installation. You must delete the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Remove Installation folder&#039;&#039;&#039; and a success message will appear. Now you can navigate to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; log in by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; or go right to your site by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Site&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;max-width:100%; height:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_4.png|border|700px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== نصب زبان های اضافی ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Install_Extra_Steps.png|right|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before you complete your installation by deleting the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;, click on: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;{{rarr}} Extra steps: Install languages&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will continue the installation of Joomla! by taking you to a new installation page.&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== نصب زبان ها ====&lt;br /&gt;
A list of language packs is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_1.png|right|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check the language or language packs you wish to install. Remember the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Language packs included in custom distributions will not be listed at this stage as they are already installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* A version of the packs proposed will match the Joomla Major version (3.0.x, 3.1.x, etc.). The minor version of the pack may not correspond, e.g. you are installing version 3.3.3 and a 3.3.2 language pack is shown.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Unmatched language packs in the above example may have untranslated strings. &lt;br /&gt;
* The unmatched language packs will be offered as an update when the packs are updated by the registered Translation teams. The available update will be shown in the Control panel as well as in {{rarr|Extensions Manager,Update}}. This behavior is similar to {{rarr|Extensions Manager,Install Languages}}.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Next&#039;&#039;&#039; and a progress bar will be display while the language pack or packs are downloaded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== انتخاب زبان پیش فرض ====&lt;br /&gt;
When the download is complete you can choose the default language for the Site and the Administrator interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* زبان پیش فرض تان را انتخاب کنید.{{-}}[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_2.png]]{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also choose to activate the multilingual features of Joomla! at this time too. &lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; next to &#039;&#039;&#039;Activate the multilingual feature&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Two additional choice will appear.{{-}}[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_2_multilingual.png|600px]]{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Install localised content&#039;&#039;&#039;, yes or no. This will automatically create one content category for each language installed and one featured article with dummy content for each content category installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Enable the language code plugin&#039;&#039;&#039;, yes or no. If enabled, the plugin will add the ability to change the language code in the generated HTML document to improve SEO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you completed all the choices of language installation, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Next&#039;&#039;&#039; to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Finalise ====&lt;br /&gt;
You will now be presented with a very similar &#039;&#039;&#039;Congratulations! Joomla! is now installed.&#039;&#039;&#039; screen. The difference will be a notation of the default Administrator and Site language settings, if they were set. You will also not see the &#039;&#039;&#039;Extra Steps&#039;&#039;&#039; message in the bottom right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_3.png|center|850px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can delete the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Remove Installation folder&#039;&#039;&#039; and a success message will appear. Now you can navigate to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; log in by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; or go right to your site by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Site&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Installation{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.x{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.0{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.1{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.2{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.3{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.4{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.5{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.6{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:J3.x:Installing_Joomla/61/fa&amp;diff=613871</id>
		<title>Translations:J3.x:Installing Joomla/61/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:J3.x:Installing_Joomla/61/fa&amp;diff=613871"/>
		<updated>2019-06-02T12:38:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;* زبان پیش فرض تان را انتخاب کنید.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* زبان پیش فرض تان را انتخاب کنید.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Joomla_info_page/fa-IR&amp;diff=613870</id>
		<title>Joomla info page/fa-IR</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Joomla_info_page/fa-IR&amp;diff=613870"/>
		<updated>2019-06-02T12:37:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Undo revision 613869 by Heydari (talk)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RightTOC}}&amp;lt;div dir=&amp;quot;rtl&amp;quot; lang=&amp;quot;fa-IR&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Farsi / فارسی =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== جوملا چیست؟ ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
جوملا یک سیستم مدیریت محتوای متن باز و رایگان است. قدرت جوملا درعین سادگی و کاربرپسندی موجب محبوبیت آن شده است. کار با جوملا نیاز به دانش برنامه نویسی ندارد، اما فریم ورک جوملا بستر مناسبی را برای توسعه دهندگان نیز فراهم می کند که موجب شده هزاران افزونه برای توسعه امکانات آن ساخته شود. جوملا بومی سازی شده و با زبان فارسی کاملا سازگار است.شما براحتی می توانید سایت خود را با استفاده از جوملا راه اندازی کنید. جوملا از امکانات کافی برای راه اندازی یک سایت برخوردار است. اما اگر نیاز به امکانات بیشتری داشتید می توانید از قالب‌ها و افزونه‌های جوملا استفاده کنید. مزایای جوملا! شامل:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* نصب آسان&lt;br /&gt;
* تعمیر و نگهداری ساده وب سایت&lt;br /&gt;
* دارای امنیت و ثبات بالا&lt;br /&gt;
* افزونه‌های تجاری و رایگان قدرتمند&lt;br /&gt;
* قالب های فراوان و تغییر قالب به راحتی برای تغییر ظاهر سایت&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== جوملا را از کجا دریافت کنیم؟ ==&lt;br /&gt;
* دریافت جوملا: http://www.joomla.org/download.html&lt;br /&gt;
* دریافت فایل زبان برای زبان فارسی (fa-IR): http://community.joomla.org/translations/joomla-16-translations.html#fa-ir&lt;br /&gt;
* دریافت جوملا فارسی: http://www.joomlafarsi.com/download/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== افزونه‌ها را از كجا دریافت کنیم؟ ==&lt;br /&gt;
* دریافت افزونه‌ها: http://extensions.joomla.org/&lt;br /&gt;
* دریافت افزونه‌های فارسی (fa-IR) : http://extensions.joomlafarsi.com/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== مستندات جوملا را از کجا دریافت کنیم؟ ==&lt;br /&gt;
* مستندات زبان انگلیسی: http://docs.joomla.org/&lt;br /&gt;
* مستندات زبان فارسی: http://docs.joomlafarsi.com/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== پشتیبانی از جوملا را از کجا دریافت کنیم؟ ==&lt;br /&gt;
* پشتیبانی رایگان انگلیسی: http://forum.joomla.org/&lt;br /&gt;
* پشتیبانی تجاری: http://resources.joomla.org/&lt;br /&gt;
* پشتیبانی رایگان زبان فارسی: http://forum.joomlafarsi.com/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== رویداد های منطقه ای / روز جوملا ==&lt;br /&gt;
روز جوملا، یک گردهم آیی محلی یا منطقه ای به منظور ایجاد فرصتی برای آشنایی کاربران و توسعه دهندگان سیستم مدیریت محتوای جوملا و فضایی برای یادگیری و تبادل دانش، ایده ها و تجربه های آنها و کمک به گسترش جوملا است. : http://events.joomla.org/ و این روز در ایران http://www.joomladay.ir&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== گروه های کاربری جوملا (JUG) ==&lt;br /&gt;
گروه‌های کاربری محلی جوملا! (JUG) گردهمایی بزرگی برای ملاقات با مردمان جدید است، کمک گرفتن برای یک پروژه و تبادل دانش خود با دیگر کاربران جوملا. بنابراین می‌توانید کنترل کنید برگزاری این گردهمایی را در JUG در منطقه سکونت خود. اگر نه ، شما ممکن است بخواهید یک گردهمایی جدید را در نظر بگیرید و تشکیل دهید. اطلاعات در JUG: http://events.joomla.org/user-group-meetings.html&lt;br /&gt;
* JUGs در ایران - تهران: http://community.joomla.org/user-groups/middle-east/iran/joomla-user-group-tehran-iran.html &lt;br /&gt;
* پرسش و پاسخ: http://community.joomla.org/user-groups/jug-faq.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== چگونه به جوملا کمک کنیم؟ ==&lt;br /&gt;
* پاسخ به سوالات در انجمن جوملا&lt;br /&gt;
* ترجمه و نوشتن آموزش‌ها در مستندات جوملا&lt;br /&gt;
* توسه یک افزونه یا قالب&lt;br /&gt;
* تست و یا افزودن نظر به بخش گزارش مشکلات: http://docs.joomla.org/How_do_you_report_a_bug%3F&lt;br /&gt;
* محلق شدن به جوملا در گروه‌های کاری&lt;br /&gt;
* کمک در برگزاری رویدادهای جوملا&lt;br /&gt;
* مشارکت با راه‌های دیگر، ملاحظه کنید http://contribute.joomla.org/&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Joomla_info_page/fa-IR&amp;diff=613869</id>
		<title>Joomla info page/fa-IR</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Joomla_info_page/fa-IR&amp;diff=613869"/>
		<updated>2019-06-02T12:35:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: This content page is fake and created for backlinks SEO&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J3.x:Updating_from_an_existing_version/fa&amp;diff=477729</id>
		<title>J3.x:Updating from an existing version/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J3.x:Updating_from_an_existing_version/fa&amp;diff=477729"/>
		<updated>2018-02-05T23:22:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{note|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;همیشه پیش از به روز رسانی از سایت خودتان پشتیبان بگیرید.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;|type=serious}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The recommended way to update installations of Joomla! is to use the Joomla Updater component found in the Components menu of your site Administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Updating earlier versions? You must use the [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Updating Joomla (Install Method)|Install Method]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{note|You should always review &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Category:Upgrading Issues|Upgrading Issues]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/J3.1:Known upgrading issues and solutions|Known upgrading issues and solutions]]&#039;&#039;&#039; before upgrading.|type=secondary}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Browse to Components, Joomla! Update==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If an update is available there will be a message indicating this and a button to press. Which update you&#039;ll see depends on the setting for Update Server and caching. See options for Joomla! Update component. The first option shows the latest update of the major release in use. The second option shows the latest update of the latest major. Caching may cause not detecting an available update, purge cache. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:J3-joomla-update-component-en.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Click on the &amp;quot;Install the Update&amp;quot; Button and Allow the Update to Run==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Updatesuccess3-en.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==When it has completed you may need to refresh your screen or empty your browser cache to adjust for template CSS changes.==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Joomla! will notify you on your Administrator home page (control panel) when an update is needed, but it will not do the update for you. You need to press the button to start the update.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ambox|text=[[S:MyLanguage/J3.1:Detailed_instructions_for_updating_from_3.1.2_to_3.1.4| Special Instructions for Version 3.1.2 Updates]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Recommended Steps and actions:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
It is recommended that you follow these steps when updating a production site:&lt;br /&gt;
# Back up your site before upgrading to a new version. That way, if something goes wrong during the upgrade process, you can easily restore your site to the earlier version. &lt;br /&gt;
# Review the release notes for the new version to be familiar with what was changed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Update using one of the recommended methods outlined in this document. These methods install the new program files, delete unneeded old program files, and update the database as needed for the new Joomla version.&lt;br /&gt;
# Clear your browser cache and check that the update was successful, using the steps outlined in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Checking Site&#039;&#039;&#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Checking Your Site=&lt;br /&gt;
After an update, it is a good idea to clear your browser cache and check your site to make sure the update was successful. There are two quick checks you can do from the Extension Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Extension Manager: Check Database==&lt;br /&gt;
{{JVer|2.5}} This feature was added in version 2.5.0. It checks that your database is up to date with your Joomla! programs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Navigate to Extension Manager{{rarr}}Database. If your database is up to date, you should see a screen similar to the one below:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Update-screenshot-20120124-04-en.png|frame|center|Database Screen With No Problems]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your database is not up to date, you will see a screen listing the problems found, similar to the one below:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Update-screenshot-20120124-05-en.png|frame|center|Database Screen With 3 Database Problems]]&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, press the Fix button in the upper right corner. Joomla will update your database to correct the issues listed and then it will re-display the screen. If the fix was successful, the display will indicate that the database is up to date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;N.B.&#039;&#039;&#039; If any errors still exist make sure all the database tables are checked in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Extension Manager: Discover==&lt;br /&gt;
In some cases, when you update to a new Joomla version, new core extensions are added. If there were problems with the database update, these extensions may not have been correctly installed. To check this, navigate to Extension Manager{{rarr}}Discover. Then click on the Discover icon in the toolbar. The screen should show as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Update-screenshot-20120124-06-en.png|frame|center|Discover Screen With No Extensions To Install]]&lt;br /&gt;
If so, you know that any new extensions added during the update were correctly installed in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are uninstalled extensions, they will show similar to the following screen:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Update-screenshot-20120124-07-en.png|frame|center|Discover Screen With One Extension To Install]]&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, check the boxes and click on the Install icon in the toolbar. Joomla will install the extension(s) and then display the screen showing no extensions discovered. At this point, the new extensions have been installed in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Troubleshooting=&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any questions before, during or after the upgrade, please ask them on the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[jforum:710|Migrating and Upgrading to Joomla! 3.x Forum]]&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have problems or errors during the update process, here are some tips.&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the following locations for more information:&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/J3.1:Known upgrading issues and solutions|Known upgrading issues and solutions]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Category:Upgrading Issues|Upgrading Issues]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Clearing your browser cache. There may have been changes to the CSS or Javascript that will need to be reloaded by your Web browser after an upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
* If any database error messages show after the update, be sure to check the Extension Manager: Database tab followed by the Extension Manager: Discover tab. In some cases, if a database error occurs it will prevent all the database updates from running. In this case, you can run them from the Database tab and then use the Discover&amp;amp;rarr;Install method to check and install any new extensions.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you encounter any errors or problems during or after the update, be sure to check the FAQ for the version you updated to. For example, for version 3.1.0, this will be an category entitled [[S:MyLanguage/Category:Version_3.1.0_FAQ|Category:Version 3.1.0 FAQ]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Upgrading]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.x]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Update Working Group]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:J3.x:Updating_from_an_existing_version/1/fa&amp;diff=477728</id>
		<title>Translations:J3.x:Updating from an existing version/1/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:J3.x:Updating_from_an_existing_version/1/fa&amp;diff=477728"/>
		<updated>2018-02-05T23:22:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;همیشه پیش از به روز رسانی از سایت خودتان پشتیبان بگیرید.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=JEDL/fa&amp;diff=352069</id>
		<title>JEDL/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=JEDL/fa&amp;diff=352069"/>
		<updated>2016-12-21T09:03:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;===تعاریف===&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a license granting you rights to use, modify and distribute documentation associated with the Joomla! project.  It is designed to foster wide electronic distribution of Joomla! documentation while ensuring that any material added to the documentation by you or others can be taken up and made part of the authoritative documentation distributed by the Joomla! project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The license that appears below is not the only way to get permission to use Joomla! documentation.  If you want to publish Joomla!&lt;br /&gt;
documentation in a manner not permitted by this license (i.e. in a printed book), please contact the Joomla! project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the license is called the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;Joomla! Electronic Documentation License&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;, you are encouraged to use it for works not associated with Joomla! and for things other than documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The license itself is copyright 2007 Open Source Matters, Inc., and you have permission to make verbatim copies of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Joomla! Electronic Documentation License v 1.0==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===تعاریف===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To &amp;quot;Propagate&amp;quot; a work means to do anything with it that, without permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for&lt;br /&gt;
infringement under applicable copyright law, except displaying or modifying a private copy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Work&amp;quot; is any copyrightable material licensed under the terms of this license or any material based on such material.  The &amp;quot;Author&amp;quot; means all the people or entities who have the legal right to grant permission to Propagate the Work or parts of the Work.  Each licensee is addressed as &amp;quot;you&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Electronic Media&amp;quot; means any device, medium or technology used to store, record, display, transmit or modify electronic information, including websites, compact discs, digital video discs, hard disks, magnetic media, and computer networks.  &amp;quot;Electronic Media&amp;quot; does not include, for example, books printed on paper.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Grantback License&amp;quot; means a non-exclusive, perpetual, worldwide, royalty-free license to Propagate the Work in any medium and by any means.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Copyleft License&amp;quot; means a license to Propagate the Work under the terms of this license or any future version of the Joomla Electronic Documentation License published by Open Source Matters, Incorporated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Source Form&amp;quot; of a work means the preferred form of the Work for making modifications to it.  For text works, this could be plain ASCII text format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conditional Permissions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you grant a Grantback License to the Author and a Copyleft License to anybody who comes into possession of the Work, you may Propagate the Work via Electronic Media for any purpose, including commercial purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must make available at no charge, to anybody to whom you distribute the Work, a version of the Work in Source Form.  Such availability must be via either (1) the same means and method with which you distribute the Work or (2) simple download over the internet.  You may not condition providing the Source Form of the Work on anything other than acceptance of this license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must provide a copy of this license, notice that it applies to the Work, and information needed to acquire the Source Form to anybody to whom you distribute the Work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must preserve the Author&#039;s copyright notices in the Work and display them as prominently as you display your own.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reservations of Rights===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nothing in this license grants you or anybody else any right to Propagate the Work in any medium or through any means other than&lt;br /&gt;
Electronic Media.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nothing in this license grants you or anybody else any right to do anything that requires permission under trademark law.  Specifically, nothing in this license grants you permission to represent that the Work&lt;br /&gt;
is &amp;quot;official&amp;quot; or in any way endorsed or sanctioned by the Authors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Documentation Wiki Information]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:JEDL/6/fa&amp;diff=352068</id>
		<title>Translations:JEDL/6/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:JEDL/6/fa&amp;diff=352068"/>
		<updated>2016-12-21T09:03:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;===تعاریف===&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===تعاریف===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=JEDL/fa&amp;diff=352067</id>
		<title>JEDL/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=JEDL/fa&amp;diff=352067"/>
		<updated>2016-12-21T09:03:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;پروانه مستندات دیجیتال جوملا!&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a license granting you rights to use, modify and distribute documentation associated with the Joomla! project.  It is designed to foster wide electronic distribution of Joomla! documentation while ensuring that any material added to the documentation by you or others can be taken up and made part of the authoritative documentation distributed by the Joomla! project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The license that appears below is not the only way to get permission to use Joomla! documentation.  If you want to publish Joomla!&lt;br /&gt;
documentation in a manner not permitted by this license (i.e. in a printed book), please contact the Joomla! project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the license is called the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;Joomla! Electronic Documentation License&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;, you are encouraged to use it for works not associated with Joomla! and for things other than documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The license itself is copyright 2007 Open Source Matters, Inc., and you have permission to make verbatim copies of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Joomla! Electronic Documentation License v 1.0==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Definitions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To &amp;quot;Propagate&amp;quot; a work means to do anything with it that, without permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for&lt;br /&gt;
infringement under applicable copyright law, except displaying or modifying a private copy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Work&amp;quot; is any copyrightable material licensed under the terms of this license or any material based on such material.  The &amp;quot;Author&amp;quot; means all the people or entities who have the legal right to grant permission to Propagate the Work or parts of the Work.  Each licensee is addressed as &amp;quot;you&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Electronic Media&amp;quot; means any device, medium or technology used to store, record, display, transmit or modify electronic information, including websites, compact discs, digital video discs, hard disks, magnetic media, and computer networks.  &amp;quot;Electronic Media&amp;quot; does not include, for example, books printed on paper.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Grantback License&amp;quot; means a non-exclusive, perpetual, worldwide, royalty-free license to Propagate the Work in any medium and by any means.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Copyleft License&amp;quot; means a license to Propagate the Work under the terms of this license or any future version of the Joomla Electronic Documentation License published by Open Source Matters, Incorporated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Source Form&amp;quot; of a work means the preferred form of the Work for making modifications to it.  For text works, this could be plain ASCII text format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conditional Permissions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you grant a Grantback License to the Author and a Copyleft License to anybody who comes into possession of the Work, you may Propagate the Work via Electronic Media for any purpose, including commercial purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must make available at no charge, to anybody to whom you distribute the Work, a version of the Work in Source Form.  Such availability must be via either (1) the same means and method with which you distribute the Work or (2) simple download over the internet.  You may not condition providing the Source Form of the Work on anything other than acceptance of this license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must provide a copy of this license, notice that it applies to the Work, and information needed to acquire the Source Form to anybody to whom you distribute the Work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must preserve the Author&#039;s copyright notices in the Work and display them as prominently as you display your own.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reservations of Rights===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nothing in this license grants you or anybody else any right to Propagate the Work in any medium or through any means other than&lt;br /&gt;
Electronic Media.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nothing in this license grants you or anybody else any right to do anything that requires permission under trademark law.  Specifically, nothing in this license grants you permission to represent that the Work&lt;br /&gt;
is &amp;quot;official&amp;quot; or in any way endorsed or sanctioned by the Authors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Documentation Wiki Information]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:JEDL/Page_display_title/fa&amp;diff=352066</id>
		<title>Translations:JEDL/Page display title/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:JEDL/Page_display_title/fa&amp;diff=352066"/>
		<updated>2016-12-21T09:03:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;پروانه مستندات دیجیتال جوملا!&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;پروانه مستندات دیجیتال جوملا!&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:JDOC:How_to_Contribute_to_Joomla!_Documentation/Page_display_title/fa&amp;diff=352065</id>
		<title>Translations:JDOC:How to Contribute to Joomla! Documentation/Page display title/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:JDOC:How_to_Contribute_to_Joomla!_Documentation/Page_display_title/fa&amp;diff=352065"/>
		<updated>2016-12-21T09:02:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;چگونه در مستندات جوملا! مشارکت کنیم&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=JDOC:How_to_Contribute_to_Joomla!_Documentation/fa&amp;diff=352064</id>
		<title>JDOC:How to Contribute to Joomla! Documentation/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=JDOC:How_to_Contribute_to_Joomla!_Documentation/fa&amp;diff=352064"/>
		<updated>2016-12-21T09:01:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;*کلیک بروی دکمه ذخیره&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! Documentation is powered by the same [[wp:wiki|software used by Wikipedia]]. It&#039;s growth and success is dependent on [[Special:ActiveUsers|individuals like you]]. Thank you for taking the first step towards contributing to the Joomla! Project. This page will show you how to get started and several ways of helping the documentation effort. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==شروع کنید!==&lt;br /&gt;
There are a few things you will need to do first.&lt;br /&gt;
====Read the Wiki Policy====&lt;br /&gt;
:You need to review the Joomla! Docs &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Wiki policy|Wiki policy]]&#039;&#039;&#039; before you start editing.&lt;br /&gt;
====Create a User Account====&lt;br /&gt;
:To edit the Joomla! Documentation Wiki, you will need a user account. You may &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Special:UserLogin|register for one here]]&#039;&#039;&#039;. Afterwards make sure to confirm your e-mail address. Confirmation of your e-mail address will give you permission to edit any page except for a few that are protected.&lt;br /&gt;
====Create a User Page====&lt;br /&gt;
:After you have created an account, confirmed your email address and logged in, you should create a user page. A quick cheat to start your user page:&lt;br /&gt;
*On the user menu, go to your &#039;&#039;&#039;Username&#039;&#039;&#039; page (or use first menu item on far right dropdown)&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the actions drop down button{{-}}[[File:JDOCS-actions-create-page-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
*کلیک بروی ایجاد&lt;br /&gt;
*افزودن کد به ویرایشگر &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Newuser}}&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*پر کردن خلاصه (مثلاً &#039;&#039;این صفحۀ کاربری جدید من است&#039;&#039;){{-}}[[File:JDOCS-summary-form-input-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
*کلیک بروی دکمه ذخیره&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join the Documentation Mail List====&lt;br /&gt;
: You should join the &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://groups.google.com/group/joomla-docs Docs mail list]&#039;&#039;&#039;. It is not required but there are discussions you will miss out on which are relevant to documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
==What Should I Do First?==&lt;br /&gt;
There are several areas of documentation which always need attention. You can start by picking the one which is the most comfortable for you to work on or you may get more involved by working on several at a time. Once you have a wiki account, you are free to work on any aspect of the documentation that takes your fancy. Even the simplest contributions such as spelling corrections and grammar fixes are a tremendous help!&lt;br /&gt;
#[[#Help Manage Our Content|Help with documentation content]].&lt;br /&gt;
#[[#Wiki Maintenance|Maintenance Tasks]].&lt;br /&gt;
#[[#Documentation Project|Join or start documentation project]].&lt;br /&gt;
#[[#Help Screens|Help with Help Screens]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Help Manage Our Content===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Editing, rewriting and reorganising pages. Check our [[:Category:Joomla!_Wiki_need_pages|Needs pages]] for areas needing immediate help. They are called &#039;Needs pages&#039; because they are in need of small tasks to complete them. Some of them are as simple as reviewing content or adding an image. Others require more content or improvements. Pick a few, give them a little love. This is a tremendous help to Joomla! users who rely on our documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
#Have some fun and browse for articles which are redundant, out of version(i.e. 1.0 and 1.5), or need to be split up because of version specific information. Then feel free to make use of the {{tl|delete}}, {{tl|merge}} or {{tl|JSplit}} templates on the articles. &#039;&#039;Click the previous template links to see how to use and apply them to articles you think need these marker templates. Add them to the very top of a page and the page is marked.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;&#039;Create a new page or tutorial.&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want to start a new page, do some extensive research first. Try not to create a new article if one already exists. Use the [[Special:Search|search feature]] of the Docs Wiki to see if your topic is already in an article. &#039;&#039;&#039;Duplication will be merged and/or deleted&#039;&#039;&#039;. Don&#039;t be afraid to modify, reformat or improve someone else&#039;s work on the Joomla! Docs Wiki! This is a collaborative documentation wiki, just make sure you are following our [[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Policies and guidelines|policy and guidelines]].&lt;br /&gt;
##&#039;&#039;Using wikilinks.&#039;&#039; It&#039;s very easy to link pages using a standard syntax. If you create a link to an article that doesn&#039;t exist yet, the link will be colored red.Clicking a red link will take you to the edit page for the new article. Simply type your text, click save and the new page will be created. Once the page has been created, the link will change from red to blue indicating that the article now exists.&lt;br /&gt;
##&#039;&#039;Using the URL.&#039;&#039; To use when you want to create a page from scratch. You can use the wiki&#039;s URL for creating a new page. The URL to an article of the wiki is usually something like this: &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://docs.joomla.org/YOURTITLE&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;. If you replace YOURTITLE with the name of the page you wish to create, you will be taken to a blank page which indicates that no article of that name exists yet. Clicking the &#039;&#039;Create this page&#039;&#039; link will take you to the edit page for that article, where you can create the new page by typing your text, and clicking &#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;&#039;Help update images in articles.&#039;&#039;&#039; Check the category [[S:MyLanguage/:Category:Needs image updating|Needs image updating]] for a list of pages which need their images updated. Our suggested guidelines to help you are found in the article, [[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Image naming guidelines|Image naming guidelines]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wiki Maintenance===&lt;br /&gt;
:Maintaining a wiki and keeping it organised takes a lot of continuous work on the part of administrators, editors and users. There are always tasks needing attention such as: [[Special:UncategorizedPages|Categorisation]], [[:Category:Joomla!_Wiki_need_pages|attending to pages with needs]], that are [[:Category:Article_under_construction|under construction]], or by marking pages for [[Template:Delete|deletion]], [[Template:Merge|merging]] or [[Template:JSplit|splitting]]. For all maintenance tasks and ideas of how you can help, please visit our [[JDOC:Maintenance Tasks|Documentation Maintenance page]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Documentation Projects===&lt;br /&gt;
*The docs team is working on [[S:MyLanguage/Tutorials:Beginners|Beginner Tutorials]]. Our goal is to make them easy to understand and navigate, something a Beginner can follow easily and learn basic concepts. Think back to when you were new to Joomla! and add a topic about something you struggled with as a beginner to the page. Better yet, join the [[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Beginners_Tutorial_Project|Beginner Tutorials Project]].&lt;br /&gt;
*Join the [[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Developer Tutorials Project|Developer Tutorials Project]] and share your knowledge. Sign your name using 4 tildes ( &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;~~~~&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; ) on the [[S:MyLanguage/JDOC_talk:Developer Tutorials Project|Developer Tutorials Project]] page and list what you might be able to do. Feel free to add some [[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Developer Tutorials Project/Topics|tutorial topics]] to the suggested topics list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Help Screens===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unknown to many, all [[S:MyLanguage/Help screens|Help Screen]] pages are created and served to every Joomla! Installation worldwide from this wiki! They are necessary for beginners and even those with intermediate knowledge of Joomla!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;The Joomla! 2.5 Help Screens are complete&#039;&#039;&#039; but Joomla! 3.x are still being worked on! The contributions you give to them will be appreciated by many users worldwide. You can find the matrix of [[Help31:Help_screens|3.x Help Screens here]]. Some just need to be reviewed and marked complete in status, others need to be started, completed, have images uploaded(670px max width), etc. {{dablink|Please read the [[Help31:Help_screens_styleguide|3.x Help Screens Style Guide]]. Help Screens are seen by many users worldwide, so &#039;&#039;&#039;it is important to maintain a similar style&#039;&#039;&#039;. The Docs Team is also in the middle of automating the help screens. Please post on the [[Help32_talk:Help_screens|3.x Help Screens Page]] indicating you would like to help with the automation.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Things to Remember==&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few things to remember as a Joomla! Docs contributor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Don&#039;t be afraid to break a page, if you do and something has gone really wrong, revert your edit. Click the page&#039;s &#039;&#039;&#039;View History&#039;&#039;&#039; tab and you will see links to undo and revert.&lt;br /&gt;
*Write articles with a sense they will be translated to another language. Using slang or local dialect may not translate to another language or its inferences be understood.&lt;br /&gt;
*Don&#039;t be afraid to download and read the general [http://help.joomla.org/files/Editorial%20Style%20Guide%20v1.0.5.pdf Editorial Style Guide] (PDF) that applies to all Joomla! Documentation. There are helpful hints on how to write for Joomla! Documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
*Words to watch when writing, [[Project:Words to watch|read the full guideline]] &amp;amp;hellip; or for instant feedback use Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox browsers. They both have built-in spell checking which underlines a misspelled word.&lt;br /&gt;
*Don&#039;t forget to add the {{tl|inuse}} template to an article you are going to be working on it for a long period of time, more than a minute. It helps to prevent editing conflicts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help, I don&#039;t know Wiki Markup!==&lt;br /&gt;
If you are new to the use of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Wikis&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; and the simple markup to create pages, then you can use the following for help.&lt;br /&gt;
*New WikiEditor contains buttons and quick links to make building pages easier. Click the word &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Advanced&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; for a drop down of more buttons and quick formatting links.&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the [[S:MyLanguage/Help:Cheatsheet|JDOC&#039;s Wiki Cheatsheet]] to learn the basic syntax commands. There is also a drop down of the common markup in the editor. Just click the word &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; once and it will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
*Still afraid? Try these tools to help you create great wiki pages.&lt;br /&gt;
:*[http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=12298 Microsoft Word Add-on for Wiki Markup], save Word Docs in Wiki Markup.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;&#039;OpenOffice.org versions 2.4 and later&#039;&#039;&#039; have a MediaWiki export filter built in. Just open a Writer document and click File - Export. Then, change File format to MediaWiki.&lt;br /&gt;
:*Here is a [[wp:Wikipedia:Tools#Importing_.28converting.29_content_to_Wikipedia_.28MediaWiki.29_format|list of tools]] available to convert other formats to wiki markup, e.g. HTML, Excel, CSV. Some of them are online converters, cut and paste HTML for an output in wiki markup.&lt;br /&gt;
*Get help on Glip (we have 2 groups there: one for the Jdocs Translation Group and one for the JDocs Working group).&lt;br /&gt;
*Post a question on an administrator&#039;s or editor&#039;s talk page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Documentation Wiki Information]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:JDOC:How_to_Contribute_to_Joomla!_Documentation/8/fa&amp;diff=352063</id>
		<title>Translations:JDOC:How to Contribute to Joomla! Documentation/8/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:JDOC:How_to_Contribute_to_Joomla!_Documentation/8/fa&amp;diff=352063"/>
		<updated>2016-12-21T09:01:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;*کلیک بروی دکمه ذخیره&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*کلیک بروی دکمه ذخیره&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=JDOC:How_to_Contribute_to_Joomla!_Documentation/fa&amp;diff=352062</id>
		<title>JDOC:How to Contribute to Joomla! Documentation/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=JDOC:How_to_Contribute_to_Joomla!_Documentation/fa&amp;diff=352062"/>
		<updated>2016-12-21T09:00:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;*پر کردن خلاصه (مثلاً &amp;#039;&amp;#039;این صفحۀ کاربری جدید من است&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! Documentation is powered by the same [[wp:wiki|software used by Wikipedia]]. It&#039;s growth and success is dependent on [[Special:ActiveUsers|individuals like you]]. Thank you for taking the first step towards contributing to the Joomla! Project. This page will show you how to get started and several ways of helping the documentation effort. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==شروع کنید!==&lt;br /&gt;
There are a few things you will need to do first.&lt;br /&gt;
====Read the Wiki Policy====&lt;br /&gt;
:You need to review the Joomla! Docs &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Wiki policy|Wiki policy]]&#039;&#039;&#039; before you start editing.&lt;br /&gt;
====Create a User Account====&lt;br /&gt;
:To edit the Joomla! Documentation Wiki, you will need a user account. You may &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Special:UserLogin|register for one here]]&#039;&#039;&#039;. Afterwards make sure to confirm your e-mail address. Confirmation of your e-mail address will give you permission to edit any page except for a few that are protected.&lt;br /&gt;
====Create a User Page====&lt;br /&gt;
:After you have created an account, confirmed your email address and logged in, you should create a user page. A quick cheat to start your user page:&lt;br /&gt;
*On the user menu, go to your &#039;&#039;&#039;Username&#039;&#039;&#039; page (or use first menu item on far right dropdown)&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the actions drop down button{{-}}[[File:JDOCS-actions-create-page-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
*کلیک بروی ایجاد&lt;br /&gt;
*افزودن کد به ویرایشگر &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Newuser}}&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*پر کردن خلاصه (مثلاً &#039;&#039;این صفحۀ کاربری جدید من است&#039;&#039;){{-}}[[File:JDOCS-summary-form-input-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the save button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join the Documentation Mail List====&lt;br /&gt;
: You should join the &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://groups.google.com/group/joomla-docs Docs mail list]&#039;&#039;&#039;. It is not required but there are discussions you will miss out on which are relevant to documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
==What Should I Do First?==&lt;br /&gt;
There are several areas of documentation which always need attention. You can start by picking the one which is the most comfortable for you to work on or you may get more involved by working on several at a time. Once you have a wiki account, you are free to work on any aspect of the documentation that takes your fancy. Even the simplest contributions such as spelling corrections and grammar fixes are a tremendous help!&lt;br /&gt;
#[[#Help Manage Our Content|Help with documentation content]].&lt;br /&gt;
#[[#Wiki Maintenance|Maintenance Tasks]].&lt;br /&gt;
#[[#Documentation Project|Join or start documentation project]].&lt;br /&gt;
#[[#Help Screens|Help with Help Screens]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Help Manage Our Content===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Editing, rewriting and reorganising pages. Check our [[:Category:Joomla!_Wiki_need_pages|Needs pages]] for areas needing immediate help. They are called &#039;Needs pages&#039; because they are in need of small tasks to complete them. Some of them are as simple as reviewing content or adding an image. Others require more content or improvements. Pick a few, give them a little love. This is a tremendous help to Joomla! users who rely on our documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
#Have some fun and browse for articles which are redundant, out of version(i.e. 1.0 and 1.5), or need to be split up because of version specific information. Then feel free to make use of the {{tl|delete}}, {{tl|merge}} or {{tl|JSplit}} templates on the articles. &#039;&#039;Click the previous template links to see how to use and apply them to articles you think need these marker templates. Add them to the very top of a page and the page is marked.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;&#039;Create a new page or tutorial.&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want to start a new page, do some extensive research first. Try not to create a new article if one already exists. Use the [[Special:Search|search feature]] of the Docs Wiki to see if your topic is already in an article. &#039;&#039;&#039;Duplication will be merged and/or deleted&#039;&#039;&#039;. Don&#039;t be afraid to modify, reformat or improve someone else&#039;s work on the Joomla! Docs Wiki! This is a collaborative documentation wiki, just make sure you are following our [[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Policies and guidelines|policy and guidelines]].&lt;br /&gt;
##&#039;&#039;Using wikilinks.&#039;&#039; It&#039;s very easy to link pages using a standard syntax. If you create a link to an article that doesn&#039;t exist yet, the link will be colored red.Clicking a red link will take you to the edit page for the new article. Simply type your text, click save and the new page will be created. Once the page has been created, the link will change from red to blue indicating that the article now exists.&lt;br /&gt;
##&#039;&#039;Using the URL.&#039;&#039; To use when you want to create a page from scratch. You can use the wiki&#039;s URL for creating a new page. The URL to an article of the wiki is usually something like this: &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://docs.joomla.org/YOURTITLE&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;. If you replace YOURTITLE with the name of the page you wish to create, you will be taken to a blank page which indicates that no article of that name exists yet. Clicking the &#039;&#039;Create this page&#039;&#039; link will take you to the edit page for that article, where you can create the new page by typing your text, and clicking &#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;&#039;Help update images in articles.&#039;&#039;&#039; Check the category [[S:MyLanguage/:Category:Needs image updating|Needs image updating]] for a list of pages which need their images updated. Our suggested guidelines to help you are found in the article, [[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Image naming guidelines|Image naming guidelines]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wiki Maintenance===&lt;br /&gt;
:Maintaining a wiki and keeping it organised takes a lot of continuous work on the part of administrators, editors and users. There are always tasks needing attention such as: [[Special:UncategorizedPages|Categorisation]], [[:Category:Joomla!_Wiki_need_pages|attending to pages with needs]], that are [[:Category:Article_under_construction|under construction]], or by marking pages for [[Template:Delete|deletion]], [[Template:Merge|merging]] or [[Template:JSplit|splitting]]. For all maintenance tasks and ideas of how you can help, please visit our [[JDOC:Maintenance Tasks|Documentation Maintenance page]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Documentation Projects===&lt;br /&gt;
*The docs team is working on [[S:MyLanguage/Tutorials:Beginners|Beginner Tutorials]]. Our goal is to make them easy to understand and navigate, something a Beginner can follow easily and learn basic concepts. Think back to when you were new to Joomla! and add a topic about something you struggled with as a beginner to the page. Better yet, join the [[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Beginners_Tutorial_Project|Beginner Tutorials Project]].&lt;br /&gt;
*Join the [[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Developer Tutorials Project|Developer Tutorials Project]] and share your knowledge. Sign your name using 4 tildes ( &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;~~~~&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; ) on the [[S:MyLanguage/JDOC_talk:Developer Tutorials Project|Developer Tutorials Project]] page and list what you might be able to do. Feel free to add some [[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Developer Tutorials Project/Topics|tutorial topics]] to the suggested topics list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Help Screens===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unknown to many, all [[S:MyLanguage/Help screens|Help Screen]] pages are created and served to every Joomla! Installation worldwide from this wiki! They are necessary for beginners and even those with intermediate knowledge of Joomla!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;The Joomla! 2.5 Help Screens are complete&#039;&#039;&#039; but Joomla! 3.x are still being worked on! The contributions you give to them will be appreciated by many users worldwide. You can find the matrix of [[Help31:Help_screens|3.x Help Screens here]]. Some just need to be reviewed and marked complete in status, others need to be started, completed, have images uploaded(670px max width), etc. {{dablink|Please read the [[Help31:Help_screens_styleguide|3.x Help Screens Style Guide]]. Help Screens are seen by many users worldwide, so &#039;&#039;&#039;it is important to maintain a similar style&#039;&#039;&#039;. The Docs Team is also in the middle of automating the help screens. Please post on the [[Help32_talk:Help_screens|3.x Help Screens Page]] indicating you would like to help with the automation.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Things to Remember==&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few things to remember as a Joomla! Docs contributor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Don&#039;t be afraid to break a page, if you do and something has gone really wrong, revert your edit. Click the page&#039;s &#039;&#039;&#039;View History&#039;&#039;&#039; tab and you will see links to undo and revert.&lt;br /&gt;
*Write articles with a sense they will be translated to another language. Using slang or local dialect may not translate to another language or its inferences be understood.&lt;br /&gt;
*Don&#039;t be afraid to download and read the general [http://help.joomla.org/files/Editorial%20Style%20Guide%20v1.0.5.pdf Editorial Style Guide] (PDF) that applies to all Joomla! Documentation. There are helpful hints on how to write for Joomla! Documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
*Words to watch when writing, [[Project:Words to watch|read the full guideline]] &amp;amp;hellip; or for instant feedback use Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox browsers. They both have built-in spell checking which underlines a misspelled word.&lt;br /&gt;
*Don&#039;t forget to add the {{tl|inuse}} template to an article you are going to be working on it for a long period of time, more than a minute. It helps to prevent editing conflicts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help, I don&#039;t know Wiki Markup!==&lt;br /&gt;
If you are new to the use of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Wikis&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; and the simple markup to create pages, then you can use the following for help.&lt;br /&gt;
*New WikiEditor contains buttons and quick links to make building pages easier. Click the word &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Advanced&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; for a drop down of more buttons and quick formatting links.&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the [[S:MyLanguage/Help:Cheatsheet|JDOC&#039;s Wiki Cheatsheet]] to learn the basic syntax commands. There is also a drop down of the common markup in the editor. Just click the word &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; once and it will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
*Still afraid? Try these tools to help you create great wiki pages.&lt;br /&gt;
:*[http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=12298 Microsoft Word Add-on for Wiki Markup], save Word Docs in Wiki Markup.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;&#039;OpenOffice.org versions 2.4 and later&#039;&#039;&#039; have a MediaWiki export filter built in. Just open a Writer document and click File - Export. Then, change File format to MediaWiki.&lt;br /&gt;
:*Here is a [[wp:Wikipedia:Tools#Importing_.28converting.29_content_to_Wikipedia_.28MediaWiki.29_format|list of tools]] available to convert other formats to wiki markup, e.g. HTML, Excel, CSV. Some of them are online converters, cut and paste HTML for an output in wiki markup.&lt;br /&gt;
*Get help on Glip (we have 2 groups there: one for the Jdocs Translation Group and one for the JDocs Working group).&lt;br /&gt;
*Post a question on an administrator&#039;s or editor&#039;s talk page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Documentation Wiki Information]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:JDOC:How_to_Contribute_to_Joomla!_Documentation/6/fa&amp;diff=352061</id>
		<title>Translations:JDOC:How to Contribute to Joomla! Documentation/6/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:JDOC:How_to_Contribute_to_Joomla!_Documentation/6/fa&amp;diff=352061"/>
		<updated>2016-12-21T09:00:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;*پر کردن خلاصه (مثلاً &amp;#039;&amp;#039;این صفحۀ کاربری جدید من است&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*پر کردن خلاصه (مثلاً &#039;&#039;این صفحۀ کاربری جدید من است&#039;&#039;)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=JDOC:How_to_Contribute_to_Joomla!_Documentation/fa&amp;diff=352060</id>
		<title>JDOC:How to Contribute to Joomla! Documentation/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=JDOC:How_to_Contribute_to_Joomla!_Documentation/fa&amp;diff=352060"/>
		<updated>2016-12-21T08:59:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;*کلیک بروی ایجاد *افزودن کد به ویرایشگر&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! Documentation is powered by the same [[wp:wiki|software used by Wikipedia]]. It&#039;s growth and success is dependent on [[Special:ActiveUsers|individuals like you]]. Thank you for taking the first step towards contributing to the Joomla! Project. This page will show you how to get started and several ways of helping the documentation effort. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==شروع کنید!==&lt;br /&gt;
There are a few things you will need to do first.&lt;br /&gt;
====Read the Wiki Policy====&lt;br /&gt;
:You need to review the Joomla! Docs &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Wiki policy|Wiki policy]]&#039;&#039;&#039; before you start editing.&lt;br /&gt;
====Create a User Account====&lt;br /&gt;
:To edit the Joomla! Documentation Wiki, you will need a user account. You may &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Special:UserLogin|register for one here]]&#039;&#039;&#039;. Afterwards make sure to confirm your e-mail address. Confirmation of your e-mail address will give you permission to edit any page except for a few that are protected.&lt;br /&gt;
====Create a User Page====&lt;br /&gt;
:After you have created an account, confirmed your email address and logged in, you should create a user page. A quick cheat to start your user page:&lt;br /&gt;
*On the user menu, go to your &#039;&#039;&#039;Username&#039;&#039;&#039; page (or use first menu item on far right dropdown)&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the actions drop down button{{-}}[[File:JDOCS-actions-create-page-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
*کلیک بروی ایجاد&lt;br /&gt;
*افزودن کد به ویرایشگر &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Newuser}}&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Fill in summary (e.g. &#039;&#039;This is my new user page&#039;&#039;){{-}}[[File:JDOCS-summary-form-input-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the save button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join the Documentation Mail List====&lt;br /&gt;
: You should join the &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://groups.google.com/group/joomla-docs Docs mail list]&#039;&#039;&#039;. It is not required but there are discussions you will miss out on which are relevant to documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
==What Should I Do First?==&lt;br /&gt;
There are several areas of documentation which always need attention. You can start by picking the one which is the most comfortable for you to work on or you may get more involved by working on several at a time. Once you have a wiki account, you are free to work on any aspect of the documentation that takes your fancy. Even the simplest contributions such as spelling corrections and grammar fixes are a tremendous help!&lt;br /&gt;
#[[#Help Manage Our Content|Help with documentation content]].&lt;br /&gt;
#[[#Wiki Maintenance|Maintenance Tasks]].&lt;br /&gt;
#[[#Documentation Project|Join or start documentation project]].&lt;br /&gt;
#[[#Help Screens|Help with Help Screens]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Help Manage Our Content===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Editing, rewriting and reorganising pages. Check our [[:Category:Joomla!_Wiki_need_pages|Needs pages]] for areas needing immediate help. They are called &#039;Needs pages&#039; because they are in need of small tasks to complete them. Some of them are as simple as reviewing content or adding an image. Others require more content or improvements. Pick a few, give them a little love. This is a tremendous help to Joomla! users who rely on our documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
#Have some fun and browse for articles which are redundant, out of version(i.e. 1.0 and 1.5), or need to be split up because of version specific information. Then feel free to make use of the {{tl|delete}}, {{tl|merge}} or {{tl|JSplit}} templates on the articles. &#039;&#039;Click the previous template links to see how to use and apply them to articles you think need these marker templates. Add them to the very top of a page and the page is marked.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;&#039;Create a new page or tutorial.&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want to start a new page, do some extensive research first. Try not to create a new article if one already exists. Use the [[Special:Search|search feature]] of the Docs Wiki to see if your topic is already in an article. &#039;&#039;&#039;Duplication will be merged and/or deleted&#039;&#039;&#039;. Don&#039;t be afraid to modify, reformat or improve someone else&#039;s work on the Joomla! Docs Wiki! This is a collaborative documentation wiki, just make sure you are following our [[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Policies and guidelines|policy and guidelines]].&lt;br /&gt;
##&#039;&#039;Using wikilinks.&#039;&#039; It&#039;s very easy to link pages using a standard syntax. If you create a link to an article that doesn&#039;t exist yet, the link will be colored red.Clicking a red link will take you to the edit page for the new article. Simply type your text, click save and the new page will be created. Once the page has been created, the link will change from red to blue indicating that the article now exists.&lt;br /&gt;
##&#039;&#039;Using the URL.&#039;&#039; To use when you want to create a page from scratch. You can use the wiki&#039;s URL for creating a new page. The URL to an article of the wiki is usually something like this: &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://docs.joomla.org/YOURTITLE&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;. If you replace YOURTITLE with the name of the page you wish to create, you will be taken to a blank page which indicates that no article of that name exists yet. Clicking the &#039;&#039;Create this page&#039;&#039; link will take you to the edit page for that article, where you can create the new page by typing your text, and clicking &#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;&#039;Help update images in articles.&#039;&#039;&#039; Check the category [[S:MyLanguage/:Category:Needs image updating|Needs image updating]] for a list of pages which need their images updated. Our suggested guidelines to help you are found in the article, [[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Image naming guidelines|Image naming guidelines]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wiki Maintenance===&lt;br /&gt;
:Maintaining a wiki and keeping it organised takes a lot of continuous work on the part of administrators, editors and users. There are always tasks needing attention such as: [[Special:UncategorizedPages|Categorisation]], [[:Category:Joomla!_Wiki_need_pages|attending to pages with needs]], that are [[:Category:Article_under_construction|under construction]], or by marking pages for [[Template:Delete|deletion]], [[Template:Merge|merging]] or [[Template:JSplit|splitting]]. For all maintenance tasks and ideas of how you can help, please visit our [[JDOC:Maintenance Tasks|Documentation Maintenance page]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Documentation Projects===&lt;br /&gt;
*The docs team is working on [[S:MyLanguage/Tutorials:Beginners|Beginner Tutorials]]. Our goal is to make them easy to understand and navigate, something a Beginner can follow easily and learn basic concepts. Think back to when you were new to Joomla! and add a topic about something you struggled with as a beginner to the page. Better yet, join the [[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Beginners_Tutorial_Project|Beginner Tutorials Project]].&lt;br /&gt;
*Join the [[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Developer Tutorials Project|Developer Tutorials Project]] and share your knowledge. Sign your name using 4 tildes ( &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;~~~~&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; ) on the [[S:MyLanguage/JDOC_talk:Developer Tutorials Project|Developer Tutorials Project]] page and list what you might be able to do. Feel free to add some [[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Developer Tutorials Project/Topics|tutorial topics]] to the suggested topics list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Help Screens===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unknown to many, all [[S:MyLanguage/Help screens|Help Screen]] pages are created and served to every Joomla! Installation worldwide from this wiki! They are necessary for beginners and even those with intermediate knowledge of Joomla!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;The Joomla! 2.5 Help Screens are complete&#039;&#039;&#039; but Joomla! 3.x are still being worked on! The contributions you give to them will be appreciated by many users worldwide. You can find the matrix of [[Help31:Help_screens|3.x Help Screens here]]. Some just need to be reviewed and marked complete in status, others need to be started, completed, have images uploaded(670px max width), etc. {{dablink|Please read the [[Help31:Help_screens_styleguide|3.x Help Screens Style Guide]]. Help Screens are seen by many users worldwide, so &#039;&#039;&#039;it is important to maintain a similar style&#039;&#039;&#039;. The Docs Team is also in the middle of automating the help screens. Please post on the [[Help32_talk:Help_screens|3.x Help Screens Page]] indicating you would like to help with the automation.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Things to Remember==&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few things to remember as a Joomla! Docs contributor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Don&#039;t be afraid to break a page, if you do and something has gone really wrong, revert your edit. Click the page&#039;s &#039;&#039;&#039;View History&#039;&#039;&#039; tab and you will see links to undo and revert.&lt;br /&gt;
*Write articles with a sense they will be translated to another language. Using slang or local dialect may not translate to another language or its inferences be understood.&lt;br /&gt;
*Don&#039;t be afraid to download and read the general [http://help.joomla.org/files/Editorial%20Style%20Guide%20v1.0.5.pdf Editorial Style Guide] (PDF) that applies to all Joomla! Documentation. There are helpful hints on how to write for Joomla! Documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
*Words to watch when writing, [[Project:Words to watch|read the full guideline]] &amp;amp;hellip; or for instant feedback use Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox browsers. They both have built-in spell checking which underlines a misspelled word.&lt;br /&gt;
*Don&#039;t forget to add the {{tl|inuse}} template to an article you are going to be working on it for a long period of time, more than a minute. It helps to prevent editing conflicts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help, I don&#039;t know Wiki Markup!==&lt;br /&gt;
If you are new to the use of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Wikis&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; and the simple markup to create pages, then you can use the following for help.&lt;br /&gt;
*New WikiEditor contains buttons and quick links to make building pages easier. Click the word &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Advanced&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; for a drop down of more buttons and quick formatting links.&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the [[S:MyLanguage/Help:Cheatsheet|JDOC&#039;s Wiki Cheatsheet]] to learn the basic syntax commands. There is also a drop down of the common markup in the editor. Just click the word &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; once and it will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
*Still afraid? Try these tools to help you create great wiki pages.&lt;br /&gt;
:*[http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=12298 Microsoft Word Add-on for Wiki Markup], save Word Docs in Wiki Markup.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;&#039;OpenOffice.org versions 2.4 and later&#039;&#039;&#039; have a MediaWiki export filter built in. Just open a Writer document and click File - Export. Then, change File format to MediaWiki.&lt;br /&gt;
:*Here is a [[wp:Wikipedia:Tools#Importing_.28converting.29_content_to_Wikipedia_.28MediaWiki.29_format|list of tools]] available to convert other formats to wiki markup, e.g. HTML, Excel, CSV. Some of them are online converters, cut and paste HTML for an output in wiki markup.&lt;br /&gt;
*Get help on Glip (we have 2 groups there: one for the Jdocs Translation Group and one for the JDocs Working group).&lt;br /&gt;
*Post a question on an administrator&#039;s or editor&#039;s talk page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Documentation Wiki Information]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:JDOC:How_to_Contribute_to_Joomla!_Documentation/5/fa&amp;diff=352059</id>
		<title>Translations:JDOC:How to Contribute to Joomla! Documentation/5/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:JDOC:How_to_Contribute_to_Joomla!_Documentation/5/fa&amp;diff=352059"/>
		<updated>2016-12-21T08:59:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;*کلیک بروی ایجاد *افزودن کد به ویرایشگر&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*کلیک بروی ایجاد&lt;br /&gt;
*افزودن کد به ویرایشگر&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=JDOC:How_to_Contribute_to_Joomla!_Documentation/fa&amp;diff=352058</id>
		<title>JDOC:How to Contribute to Joomla! Documentation/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=JDOC:How_to_Contribute_to_Joomla!_Documentation/fa&amp;diff=352058"/>
		<updated>2016-12-21T08:58:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;==شروع کنید!==&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! Documentation is powered by the same [[wp:wiki|software used by Wikipedia]]. It&#039;s growth and success is dependent on [[Special:ActiveUsers|individuals like you]]. Thank you for taking the first step towards contributing to the Joomla! Project. This page will show you how to get started and several ways of helping the documentation effort. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==شروع کنید!==&lt;br /&gt;
There are a few things you will need to do first.&lt;br /&gt;
====Read the Wiki Policy====&lt;br /&gt;
:You need to review the Joomla! Docs &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Wiki policy|Wiki policy]]&#039;&#039;&#039; before you start editing.&lt;br /&gt;
====Create a User Account====&lt;br /&gt;
:To edit the Joomla! Documentation Wiki, you will need a user account. You may &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Special:UserLogin|register for one here]]&#039;&#039;&#039;. Afterwards make sure to confirm your e-mail address. Confirmation of your e-mail address will give you permission to edit any page except for a few that are protected.&lt;br /&gt;
====Create a User Page====&lt;br /&gt;
:After you have created an account, confirmed your email address and logged in, you should create a user page. A quick cheat to start your user page:&lt;br /&gt;
*On the user menu, go to your &#039;&#039;&#039;Username&#039;&#039;&#039; page (or use first menu item on far right dropdown)&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the actions drop down button{{-}}[[File:JDOCS-actions-create-page-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Click Create&lt;br /&gt;
*Add the code to editor &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Newuser}}&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Fill in summary (e.g. &#039;&#039;This is my new user page&#039;&#039;){{-}}[[File:JDOCS-summary-form-input-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the save button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join the Documentation Mail List====&lt;br /&gt;
: You should join the &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://groups.google.com/group/joomla-docs Docs mail list]&#039;&#039;&#039;. It is not required but there are discussions you will miss out on which are relevant to documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
==What Should I Do First?==&lt;br /&gt;
There are several areas of documentation which always need attention. You can start by picking the one which is the most comfortable for you to work on or you may get more involved by working on several at a time. Once you have a wiki account, you are free to work on any aspect of the documentation that takes your fancy. Even the simplest contributions such as spelling corrections and grammar fixes are a tremendous help!&lt;br /&gt;
#[[#Help Manage Our Content|Help with documentation content]].&lt;br /&gt;
#[[#Wiki Maintenance|Maintenance Tasks]].&lt;br /&gt;
#[[#Documentation Project|Join or start documentation project]].&lt;br /&gt;
#[[#Help Screens|Help with Help Screens]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Help Manage Our Content===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Editing, rewriting and reorganising pages. Check our [[:Category:Joomla!_Wiki_need_pages|Needs pages]] for areas needing immediate help. They are called &#039;Needs pages&#039; because they are in need of small tasks to complete them. Some of them are as simple as reviewing content or adding an image. Others require more content or improvements. Pick a few, give them a little love. This is a tremendous help to Joomla! users who rely on our documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
#Have some fun and browse for articles which are redundant, out of version(i.e. 1.0 and 1.5), or need to be split up because of version specific information. Then feel free to make use of the {{tl|delete}}, {{tl|merge}} or {{tl|JSplit}} templates on the articles. &#039;&#039;Click the previous template links to see how to use and apply them to articles you think need these marker templates. Add them to the very top of a page and the page is marked.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;&#039;Create a new page or tutorial.&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want to start a new page, do some extensive research first. Try not to create a new article if one already exists. Use the [[Special:Search|search feature]] of the Docs Wiki to see if your topic is already in an article. &#039;&#039;&#039;Duplication will be merged and/or deleted&#039;&#039;&#039;. Don&#039;t be afraid to modify, reformat or improve someone else&#039;s work on the Joomla! Docs Wiki! This is a collaborative documentation wiki, just make sure you are following our [[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Policies and guidelines|policy and guidelines]].&lt;br /&gt;
##&#039;&#039;Using wikilinks.&#039;&#039; It&#039;s very easy to link pages using a standard syntax. If you create a link to an article that doesn&#039;t exist yet, the link will be colored red.Clicking a red link will take you to the edit page for the new article. Simply type your text, click save and the new page will be created. Once the page has been created, the link will change from red to blue indicating that the article now exists.&lt;br /&gt;
##&#039;&#039;Using the URL.&#039;&#039; To use when you want to create a page from scratch. You can use the wiki&#039;s URL for creating a new page. The URL to an article of the wiki is usually something like this: &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://docs.joomla.org/YOURTITLE&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;. If you replace YOURTITLE with the name of the page you wish to create, you will be taken to a blank page which indicates that no article of that name exists yet. Clicking the &#039;&#039;Create this page&#039;&#039; link will take you to the edit page for that article, where you can create the new page by typing your text, and clicking &#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;&#039;Help update images in articles.&#039;&#039;&#039; Check the category [[S:MyLanguage/:Category:Needs image updating|Needs image updating]] for a list of pages which need their images updated. Our suggested guidelines to help you are found in the article, [[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Image naming guidelines|Image naming guidelines]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wiki Maintenance===&lt;br /&gt;
:Maintaining a wiki and keeping it organised takes a lot of continuous work on the part of administrators, editors and users. There are always tasks needing attention such as: [[Special:UncategorizedPages|Categorisation]], [[:Category:Joomla!_Wiki_need_pages|attending to pages with needs]], that are [[:Category:Article_under_construction|under construction]], or by marking pages for [[Template:Delete|deletion]], [[Template:Merge|merging]] or [[Template:JSplit|splitting]]. For all maintenance tasks and ideas of how you can help, please visit our [[JDOC:Maintenance Tasks|Documentation Maintenance page]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Documentation Projects===&lt;br /&gt;
*The docs team is working on [[S:MyLanguage/Tutorials:Beginners|Beginner Tutorials]]. Our goal is to make them easy to understand and navigate, something a Beginner can follow easily and learn basic concepts. Think back to when you were new to Joomla! and add a topic about something you struggled with as a beginner to the page. Better yet, join the [[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Beginners_Tutorial_Project|Beginner Tutorials Project]].&lt;br /&gt;
*Join the [[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Developer Tutorials Project|Developer Tutorials Project]] and share your knowledge. Sign your name using 4 tildes ( &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;~~~~&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; ) on the [[S:MyLanguage/JDOC_talk:Developer Tutorials Project|Developer Tutorials Project]] page and list what you might be able to do. Feel free to add some [[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Developer Tutorials Project/Topics|tutorial topics]] to the suggested topics list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Help Screens===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unknown to many, all [[S:MyLanguage/Help screens|Help Screen]] pages are created and served to every Joomla! Installation worldwide from this wiki! They are necessary for beginners and even those with intermediate knowledge of Joomla!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;The Joomla! 2.5 Help Screens are complete&#039;&#039;&#039; but Joomla! 3.x are still being worked on! The contributions you give to them will be appreciated by many users worldwide. You can find the matrix of [[Help31:Help_screens|3.x Help Screens here]]. Some just need to be reviewed and marked complete in status, others need to be started, completed, have images uploaded(670px max width), etc. {{dablink|Please read the [[Help31:Help_screens_styleguide|3.x Help Screens Style Guide]]. Help Screens are seen by many users worldwide, so &#039;&#039;&#039;it is important to maintain a similar style&#039;&#039;&#039;. The Docs Team is also in the middle of automating the help screens. Please post on the [[Help32_talk:Help_screens|3.x Help Screens Page]] indicating you would like to help with the automation.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Things to Remember==&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few things to remember as a Joomla! Docs contributor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Don&#039;t be afraid to break a page, if you do and something has gone really wrong, revert your edit. Click the page&#039;s &#039;&#039;&#039;View History&#039;&#039;&#039; tab and you will see links to undo and revert.&lt;br /&gt;
*Write articles with a sense they will be translated to another language. Using slang or local dialect may not translate to another language or its inferences be understood.&lt;br /&gt;
*Don&#039;t be afraid to download and read the general [http://help.joomla.org/files/Editorial%20Style%20Guide%20v1.0.5.pdf Editorial Style Guide] (PDF) that applies to all Joomla! Documentation. There are helpful hints on how to write for Joomla! Documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
*Words to watch when writing, [[Project:Words to watch|read the full guideline]] &amp;amp;hellip; or for instant feedback use Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox browsers. They both have built-in spell checking which underlines a misspelled word.&lt;br /&gt;
*Don&#039;t forget to add the {{tl|inuse}} template to an article you are going to be working on it for a long period of time, more than a minute. It helps to prevent editing conflicts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help, I don&#039;t know Wiki Markup!==&lt;br /&gt;
If you are new to the use of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Wikis&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; and the simple markup to create pages, then you can use the following for help.&lt;br /&gt;
*New WikiEditor contains buttons and quick links to make building pages easier. Click the word &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Advanced&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; for a drop down of more buttons and quick formatting links.&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the [[S:MyLanguage/Help:Cheatsheet|JDOC&#039;s Wiki Cheatsheet]] to learn the basic syntax commands. There is also a drop down of the common markup in the editor. Just click the word &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; once and it will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
*Still afraid? Try these tools to help you create great wiki pages.&lt;br /&gt;
:*[http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=12298 Microsoft Word Add-on for Wiki Markup], save Word Docs in Wiki Markup.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;&#039;OpenOffice.org versions 2.4 and later&#039;&#039;&#039; have a MediaWiki export filter built in. Just open a Writer document and click File - Export. Then, change File format to MediaWiki.&lt;br /&gt;
:*Here is a [[wp:Wikipedia:Tools#Importing_.28converting.29_content_to_Wikipedia_.28MediaWiki.29_format|list of tools]] available to convert other formats to wiki markup, e.g. HTML, Excel, CSV. Some of them are online converters, cut and paste HTML for an output in wiki markup.&lt;br /&gt;
*Get help on Glip (we have 2 groups there: one for the Jdocs Translation Group and one for the JDocs Working group).&lt;br /&gt;
*Post a question on an administrator&#039;s or editor&#039;s talk page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Documentation Wiki Information]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:JDOC:How_to_Contribute_to_Joomla!_Documentation/2/fa&amp;diff=352057</id>
		<title>Translations:JDOC:How to Contribute to Joomla! Documentation/2/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:JDOC:How_to_Contribute_to_Joomla!_Documentation/2/fa&amp;diff=352057"/>
		<updated>2016-12-21T08:58:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;==شروع کنید!==&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==شروع کنید!==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=JDOC:How_to_Contribute_to_Joomla!_Documentation/fa&amp;diff=352056</id>
		<title>JDOC:How to Contribute to Joomla! Documentation/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=JDOC:How_to_Contribute_to_Joomla!_Documentation/fa&amp;diff=352056"/>
		<updated>2016-12-21T08:58:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;چگونه در مستندات جوملاً مشارکت کنیم&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! Documentation is powered by the same [[wp:wiki|software used by Wikipedia]]. It&#039;s growth and success is dependent on [[Special:ActiveUsers|individuals like you]]. Thank you for taking the first step towards contributing to the Joomla! Project. This page will show you how to get started and several ways of helping the documentation effort. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Getting Started!==&lt;br /&gt;
There are a few things you will need to do first.&lt;br /&gt;
====Read the Wiki Policy====&lt;br /&gt;
:You need to review the Joomla! Docs &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Wiki policy|Wiki policy]]&#039;&#039;&#039; before you start editing.&lt;br /&gt;
====Create a User Account====&lt;br /&gt;
:To edit the Joomla! Documentation Wiki, you will need a user account. You may &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Special:UserLogin|register for one here]]&#039;&#039;&#039;. Afterwards make sure to confirm your e-mail address. Confirmation of your e-mail address will give you permission to edit any page except for a few that are protected.&lt;br /&gt;
====Create a User Page====&lt;br /&gt;
:After you have created an account, confirmed your email address and logged in, you should create a user page. A quick cheat to start your user page:&lt;br /&gt;
*On the user menu, go to your &#039;&#039;&#039;Username&#039;&#039;&#039; page (or use first menu item on far right dropdown)&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the actions drop down button{{-}}[[File:JDOCS-actions-create-page-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Click Create&lt;br /&gt;
*Add the code to editor &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Newuser}}&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Fill in summary (e.g. &#039;&#039;This is my new user page&#039;&#039;){{-}}[[File:JDOCS-summary-form-input-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the save button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join the Documentation Mail List====&lt;br /&gt;
: You should join the &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://groups.google.com/group/joomla-docs Docs mail list]&#039;&#039;&#039;. It is not required but there are discussions you will miss out on which are relevant to documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
==What Should I Do First?==&lt;br /&gt;
There are several areas of documentation which always need attention. You can start by picking the one which is the most comfortable for you to work on or you may get more involved by working on several at a time. Once you have a wiki account, you are free to work on any aspect of the documentation that takes your fancy. Even the simplest contributions such as spelling corrections and grammar fixes are a tremendous help!&lt;br /&gt;
#[[#Help Manage Our Content|Help with documentation content]].&lt;br /&gt;
#[[#Wiki Maintenance|Maintenance Tasks]].&lt;br /&gt;
#[[#Documentation Project|Join or start documentation project]].&lt;br /&gt;
#[[#Help Screens|Help with Help Screens]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Help Manage Our Content===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Editing, rewriting and reorganising pages. Check our [[:Category:Joomla!_Wiki_need_pages|Needs pages]] for areas needing immediate help. They are called &#039;Needs pages&#039; because they are in need of small tasks to complete them. Some of them are as simple as reviewing content or adding an image. Others require more content or improvements. Pick a few, give them a little love. This is a tremendous help to Joomla! users who rely on our documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
#Have some fun and browse for articles which are redundant, out of version(i.e. 1.0 and 1.5), or need to be split up because of version specific information. Then feel free to make use of the {{tl|delete}}, {{tl|merge}} or {{tl|JSplit}} templates on the articles. &#039;&#039;Click the previous template links to see how to use and apply them to articles you think need these marker templates. Add them to the very top of a page and the page is marked.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;&#039;Create a new page or tutorial.&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want to start a new page, do some extensive research first. Try not to create a new article if one already exists. Use the [[Special:Search|search feature]] of the Docs Wiki to see if your topic is already in an article. &#039;&#039;&#039;Duplication will be merged and/or deleted&#039;&#039;&#039;. Don&#039;t be afraid to modify, reformat or improve someone else&#039;s work on the Joomla! Docs Wiki! This is a collaborative documentation wiki, just make sure you are following our [[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Policies and guidelines|policy and guidelines]].&lt;br /&gt;
##&#039;&#039;Using wikilinks.&#039;&#039; It&#039;s very easy to link pages using a standard syntax. If you create a link to an article that doesn&#039;t exist yet, the link will be colored red.Clicking a red link will take you to the edit page for the new article. Simply type your text, click save and the new page will be created. Once the page has been created, the link will change from red to blue indicating that the article now exists.&lt;br /&gt;
##&#039;&#039;Using the URL.&#039;&#039; To use when you want to create a page from scratch. You can use the wiki&#039;s URL for creating a new page. The URL to an article of the wiki is usually something like this: &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://docs.joomla.org/YOURTITLE&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;. If you replace YOURTITLE with the name of the page you wish to create, you will be taken to a blank page which indicates that no article of that name exists yet. Clicking the &#039;&#039;Create this page&#039;&#039; link will take you to the edit page for that article, where you can create the new page by typing your text, and clicking &#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;&#039;Help update images in articles.&#039;&#039;&#039; Check the category [[S:MyLanguage/:Category:Needs image updating|Needs image updating]] for a list of pages which need their images updated. Our suggested guidelines to help you are found in the article, [[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Image naming guidelines|Image naming guidelines]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wiki Maintenance===&lt;br /&gt;
:Maintaining a wiki and keeping it organised takes a lot of continuous work on the part of administrators, editors and users. There are always tasks needing attention such as: [[Special:UncategorizedPages|Categorisation]], [[:Category:Joomla!_Wiki_need_pages|attending to pages with needs]], that are [[:Category:Article_under_construction|under construction]], or by marking pages for [[Template:Delete|deletion]], [[Template:Merge|merging]] or [[Template:JSplit|splitting]]. For all maintenance tasks and ideas of how you can help, please visit our [[JDOC:Maintenance Tasks|Documentation Maintenance page]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Documentation Projects===&lt;br /&gt;
*The docs team is working on [[S:MyLanguage/Tutorials:Beginners|Beginner Tutorials]]. Our goal is to make them easy to understand and navigate, something a Beginner can follow easily and learn basic concepts. Think back to when you were new to Joomla! and add a topic about something you struggled with as a beginner to the page. Better yet, join the [[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Beginners_Tutorial_Project|Beginner Tutorials Project]].&lt;br /&gt;
*Join the [[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Developer Tutorials Project|Developer Tutorials Project]] and share your knowledge. Sign your name using 4 tildes ( &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;~~~~&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; ) on the [[S:MyLanguage/JDOC_talk:Developer Tutorials Project|Developer Tutorials Project]] page and list what you might be able to do. Feel free to add some [[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Developer Tutorials Project/Topics|tutorial topics]] to the suggested topics list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Help Screens===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unknown to many, all [[S:MyLanguage/Help screens|Help Screen]] pages are created and served to every Joomla! Installation worldwide from this wiki! They are necessary for beginners and even those with intermediate knowledge of Joomla!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;The Joomla! 2.5 Help Screens are complete&#039;&#039;&#039; but Joomla! 3.x are still being worked on! The contributions you give to them will be appreciated by many users worldwide. You can find the matrix of [[Help31:Help_screens|3.x Help Screens here]]. Some just need to be reviewed and marked complete in status, others need to be started, completed, have images uploaded(670px max width), etc. {{dablink|Please read the [[Help31:Help_screens_styleguide|3.x Help Screens Style Guide]]. Help Screens are seen by many users worldwide, so &#039;&#039;&#039;it is important to maintain a similar style&#039;&#039;&#039;. The Docs Team is also in the middle of automating the help screens. Please post on the [[Help32_talk:Help_screens|3.x Help Screens Page]] indicating you would like to help with the automation.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Things to Remember==&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few things to remember as a Joomla! Docs contributor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Don&#039;t be afraid to break a page, if you do and something has gone really wrong, revert your edit. Click the page&#039;s &#039;&#039;&#039;View History&#039;&#039;&#039; tab and you will see links to undo and revert.&lt;br /&gt;
*Write articles with a sense they will be translated to another language. Using slang or local dialect may not translate to another language or its inferences be understood.&lt;br /&gt;
*Don&#039;t be afraid to download and read the general [http://help.joomla.org/files/Editorial%20Style%20Guide%20v1.0.5.pdf Editorial Style Guide] (PDF) that applies to all Joomla! Documentation. There are helpful hints on how to write for Joomla! Documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
*Words to watch when writing, [[Project:Words to watch|read the full guideline]] &amp;amp;hellip; or for instant feedback use Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox browsers. They both have built-in spell checking which underlines a misspelled word.&lt;br /&gt;
*Don&#039;t forget to add the {{tl|inuse}} template to an article you are going to be working on it for a long period of time, more than a minute. It helps to prevent editing conflicts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help, I don&#039;t know Wiki Markup!==&lt;br /&gt;
If you are new to the use of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Wikis&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; and the simple markup to create pages, then you can use the following for help.&lt;br /&gt;
*New WikiEditor contains buttons and quick links to make building pages easier. Click the word &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Advanced&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; for a drop down of more buttons and quick formatting links.&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the [[S:MyLanguage/Help:Cheatsheet|JDOC&#039;s Wiki Cheatsheet]] to learn the basic syntax commands. There is also a drop down of the common markup in the editor. Just click the word &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; once and it will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
*Still afraid? Try these tools to help you create great wiki pages.&lt;br /&gt;
:*[http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=12298 Microsoft Word Add-on for Wiki Markup], save Word Docs in Wiki Markup.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;&#039;OpenOffice.org versions 2.4 and later&#039;&#039;&#039; have a MediaWiki export filter built in. Just open a Writer document and click File - Export. Then, change File format to MediaWiki.&lt;br /&gt;
:*Here is a [[wp:Wikipedia:Tools#Importing_.28converting.29_content_to_Wikipedia_.28MediaWiki.29_format|list of tools]] available to convert other formats to wiki markup, e.g. HTML, Excel, CSV. Some of them are online converters, cut and paste HTML for an output in wiki markup.&lt;br /&gt;
*Get help on Glip (we have 2 groups there: one for the Jdocs Translation Group and one for the JDocs Working group).&lt;br /&gt;
*Post a question on an administrator&#039;s or editor&#039;s talk page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Documentation Wiki Information]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:JDOC:How_to_Contribute_to_Joomla!_Documentation/Page_display_title/fa&amp;diff=352055</id>
		<title>Translations:JDOC:How to Contribute to Joomla! Documentation/Page display title/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:JDOC:How_to_Contribute_to_Joomla!_Documentation/Page_display_title/fa&amp;diff=352055"/>
		<updated>2016-12-21T08:58:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;چگونه در مستندات جوملاً مشارکت کنیم&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;چگونه در مستندات جوملاً مشارکت کنیم&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Why_Migrate/Page_display_title/fa&amp;diff=352054</id>
		<title>Translations:Why Migrate/Page display title/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Why_Migrate/Page_display_title/fa&amp;diff=352054"/>
		<updated>2016-12-21T08:29:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;چرا مهاجرت&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Why_Migrate/fa&amp;diff=352053</id>
		<title>Why Migrate/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Why_Migrate/fa&amp;diff=352053"/>
		<updated>2016-12-21T08:29:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;چرا مهاجرت کنیم&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Undecided if you should migrate or not? After all, your site is running fine. Why rock the boat? Somehow you’ve heard/learned that you need to migrate to a newer life cycle or version and landed here. You’ve come to the right place. This documentation is a funnel. At the bottom of each page there are up to two options to take you to the next step. Now, here are all the reasons to take the plunge to Joomla 3.x!&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, you have to check which [[S:MyLanguage/How to check the Joomla version?|Version of Joomla!]] is running on your website.&lt;br /&gt;
==Why should I migrate?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Joomla! migration gives everyone a new opportunity to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Revisit site goals and rethink its purpose&lt;br /&gt;
* Clean up “great ideas” that never saw the light of day&lt;br /&gt;
* Inventory third-party extensions that may have been installed but not used&lt;br /&gt;
* Simplify and clean up old articles, menus and other content&lt;br /&gt;
* Create new functionality on the site&lt;br /&gt;
* Change design and navigation&lt;br /&gt;
* Add accessibility to disabled visitors&lt;br /&gt;
* Make the site mobile-friendly&lt;br /&gt;
* Improve search engine optimization&lt;br /&gt;
* Utilize new features you may have been using third-party extensions for&lt;br /&gt;
* Insure your data against security breaches by having all the latest software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features and usability enhancements ===&lt;br /&gt;
Typically new life cycles of Joomla include new features and usability enhancements. These sometimes can eliminate the need of a third-party extension and enable the increased use of Joomla core components. Read more about features [http://www.joomla.org/3/en Joomla 3 features].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technology Changes === &lt;br /&gt;
Significant changes have taken place! Major releases of Joomla have restructured the data and require a “migration” as opposed to an update or upgrade. Technology changes have also been made within the versions of PHP and MySQL running on your hosts server. These changes force all content management system (CMS) technology to change with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Security ===&lt;br /&gt;
When a CMS changes its structure, a migration is required. The old version is no longer supported. This creates potential problems with security as security patches are discontinued and older versions of Joomla are not maintained. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many hosts don’t want older software scripts (Joomla is a script - all third-party extensions are scripts) running on their servers because security is compromised as software ages. They have to update their servers to remain secure. More and more older versions of Joomla cease functioning because of server upgrades on the part of the host.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Migration is like moving to a new house or a remodel ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
You can think of migration like moving from one home to a new home. You filter through your belongings and furniture and pack the important pieces to take with you. You discard lingering trash or eliminate items you no longer need. Once you get into your new home, you may find you need to acquire some new pieces of furniture or fixtures to make your new home operate smoothly.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Same with migration. You are deciding what to take with you and what to get rid of on your site. What stays? What goes?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
When you move to a new house, you may have the skills and expertise to move the entire household yourself or you may need to get some help moving (not everyone can move a piano). You may only need your own two hands and a few boxes. Alternatively, you may need a moving service with a gigantic truck and a lot of helpers. Same is true with migrating from one life cycle of Joomla to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How to use this documentation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply follow the buttons at the bottom of each page that are applicable to you. The Self Assessment will help you determine if doing the migration is within your skill set. Please don&#039;t skip the Planning pages as they include important information for your migration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take the Self Assessment to determine if you can/should perform the migration yourself or if maybe you should get some help. If you have the skills to migrate the site yourself, continue to the Planning phase of the migration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 columns&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Basic button|S:MyLanguage/Migration_Step_by_Step_Self_Assessment|Self Assessment|class=expand success}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 columns&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Basic button|S:MyLanguage/Planning_for_Migration|Migration Planning|class=expand}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Migration]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Why_Migrate/Page_display_title/fa&amp;diff=352052</id>
		<title>Translations:Why Migrate/Page display title/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Why_Migrate/Page_display_title/fa&amp;diff=352052"/>
		<updated>2016-12-21T08:29:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;چرا مهاجرت کنیم&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;چرا مهاجرت کنیم&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J3.x:Installing_Joomla/fa&amp;diff=352051</id>
		<title>J3.x:Installing Joomla/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J3.x:Installing_Joomla/fa&amp;diff=352051"/>
		<updated>2016-12-21T08:20:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;#بسته‌ی نصب جوملا! را به سرور انتقال دهید. از یک کلاینت FTP برای انتقال فایل‌های جوم...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
﻿نصب کردن جوملا! برای اولین بار خیلی آسان است. نصب توکار وب جوملا! باعث راه اندازی سایت جدید شما می شود.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== نیازمندی ها ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== نیازمندهای میزبانی ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
پیش از اینکه ما نصب جوملا! را شروع کنیم،  لازم است که یک جفت پیش‌نیاز برای نصب جوملا! {{ns}} با موفقیت برآورده شود. این باید انجام شود، چه شما یک سرور اختصاصی داشته باشید یا یک طرح هاست اشتراکی سرورو یا در حال نصب یک رونوشت روی رایانه شخصی خودتان برای آزمایش یا توسعه باشید.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;شما نیاز به مشاهده نیازمندی‌های زیر برای نصب و استفاده جوملا! دارید. {{JVer|{{ns}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:{{#lst:Technical requirements/fa|Joomla 3.x}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== منابع ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== آماده شدن برای نصب ==&lt;br /&gt;
شما قبل از نصب جوملا! بروی سرور خودتان لازم است دو کار را انجام دهید. اول، نیاز است که شما بسته فایل‌های جوملا! را دانلود کنید. بعد، شما نیاز به یک پایگاه داده‌ها برای به کارگیری آن در جوملا! نیاز دارید.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== دانلود و آپلود فایل‌های بسته جوملا! === &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#دانلود انتشار کنونی [http://www.joomla.org/download.html Joomla! {{ns}}]&lt;br /&gt;
#بسته‌ی نصب جوملا! را به سرور انتقال دهید. از یک [[wikipedia:FTP Client|کلاینت FTP]] برای انتقال فایل‌های جوملا 3.x به سرور خودتان استفاده کنید. چندین امکان برای این کار وجود دارد، جزئیات در  [[wp:Comparison_of_FTP_client_software|فهرست کلاینت‌های FTP]] موجود است. لطفاً مطمئن شوید که از یک نسخه رسمی FTP استفاده می‌کنید.&lt;br /&gt;
:: Hint - This can be accomplished by simply moving the downloaded package to your server, then unpacking it.  Or you can unpack the files on your local computer, then move the Joomla installation over to your server.  Either way, the Joomla installation needs to be unpacked in the root of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{warning|title=اخطار!|If you unpack the files on your own computer, then copy them to your server, be sure to move only the folders and files contained &#039;&#039;&#039;INSIDE&#039;&#039;&#039; the Joomla! package.  If you unpack the folders and files into a folder, for example called, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Joomla&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and then upload that folder, your site will have to be accessed at &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com/Joomla&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; به جای &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== پایگاه‌ داده‌ها برای نصب جوملا! ===&lt;br /&gt;
#اگر شما نیازدارید یک پایگاه داده ایجاد کنید، لطفاً نخست &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Creating a Database for Joomla!|ایجاد کردن یک پایگاه داده برای استفاده با جوملا!]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; مطالعه نمایید، یا به مرحله #2 بروید.&lt;br /&gt;
#لازم است که شما اطلاعات پایه‌ای پایگاه داده را یادداشت کنید که در هنگام نصب واقعی جوملا! نیاز می باشد. &lt;br /&gt;
#* مکان پایگاه داده localhost است؟ یا سرور میزبانی ویژه مثل &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;dbserver1.yourhost.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; است؟&lt;br /&gt;
#* نام پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
#* نام کاربری پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
#* گذرواژه پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== شروع نصب ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== پیکربندی نصب ===&lt;br /&gt;
With the above requirements met, a database created and the required Joomla! files in place, you are ready to install Joomla!. Start the Joomla! web installer by opening your favorite browser and browsing to the site&#039;s domain name. On host installation you will use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.yoursitename.com&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. If your are installing Joomla! locally, you will use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://localhost/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;مسیر به پرونده‌های جوملا&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, and you should see the installation screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_1.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! will try to identify the &#039;&#039;&#039;Select Language&#039;&#039;&#039; field automatically from your browser&#039;s language. You can change this if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in the following information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site Name&#039;&#039;&#039;: the name of your website — this can be changed at any point later in the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;: enter a description of the website. This is a the &#039;&#039;global fallback&#039;&#039; meta description used on every page which will be used by search engines. Generally, a maximum of 20 to 25 words is optimal. Again, this can be changed on the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] page at any time. For more on &#039;&#039;metadata&#039;&#039;, see [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Metadata_Settings|Global Metadata Settings]] and [[S:MyLanguage/Entering search engine meta-data|Entering search engine meta-data]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Email Address&#039;&#039;&#039;: the admin email address. Enter a valid email in case you forget your password. This is the email address where you&#039;ll receive a link to change the admin password.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Username&#039;&#039;&#039;: Joomla! uses a default &amp;quot;admin&amp;quot; as the username for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Super User&#039;&#039;&#039;. You can leave it as is, change it now (which a good [[S:MyLanguage/Security_Checklist/Joomla!_Setup#Change the default administrator username|Security measure]]) or use [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_My_Profile|My Profile]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change it later.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Password&#039;&#039;&#039;: remember that super user has maximum control of the site (frontend &amp;amp; backend), so try to use a difficult password. Use [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_My_Profile|My Profile]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change it later. Confirm the password in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm Admin Password&#039;&#039;&#039; box.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039;&#039;: click the Yes or No box. Yes - this means when installation is complete, your Joomla! website will display the &#039;Site is offline&#039; message when you browse to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to view the home page. No - this means the site is live when you browse to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to view the home page. You can use the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change the Offline status at any time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When everything on the first page is completed, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;next button&#039;&#039;&#039; to proceed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== پیکربندی دیتابیس ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== تنظیمات پیکربندی ===&lt;br /&gt;
You will need to enter the information about the database you will use for Joomla! now. It was suggested to write this information down under &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;Prepare for Install&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; tab. You may also read or review [[S:MyLanguage/Creating a Database for Joomla!|Creating a Database for Joomla!]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.5em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_2.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For simplification, these intructions are a reference to installing with a [[wikipedia:MySQLi|MySQLi]] database. The instructions on the installation page are self explanatory, but here they are again:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Type&#039;&#039;&#039;: MySQLi is the common database used&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Hostname&#039;&#039;&#039; Where is your database located? Common is &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;localhost&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, but some hosts use a specific database server such as &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;dbserver1.yourhost.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Username&#039;&#039;&#039;: the username used to connect to the database&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Password&#039;&#039;&#039;: the password for the database&#039;s username&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Name&#039;&#039;&#039;: the name of the database&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Table Prefix&#039;&#039;&#039;: one is generated automatically, but you can change it. For example, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;jos3_&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; can be used. Just don&#039;t forget to put the underscore character (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;_&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) at the end of the prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Old Database Process&#039;&#039;&#039;: should the installer backup or delete existing tables during the installation of new tables? Click, Yes or No to select the choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these choices can be edited on the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Server|Site Global Configuration]] page, under Server options after the installation is completed. Note, you will break your installation if you change these settings after installation unless you have a complete copy of the current database being used by the Joomla! installation. Common uses would be to update the username and password of the database or to complete a move of an existing installation to a new host with different parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all the information has been filled in, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;next button&#039;&#039;&#039; to proceed:&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
== Finalise ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview ===&lt;br /&gt;
It is now time to finalise the Joomla! installation. The last page of the web browser installation contains all the information about the installation. This includes the options(at the top) for installing sample data and the installation&#039;s configurations(at the bottom).&lt;br /&gt;
==== Install Sample Data and Email Configurations ====&lt;br /&gt;
The first options are for automatically installing sample content to the website and emailing the configuration settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_3_top.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you are new to Joomla! it would be beneficial to install some &#039;&#039;&#039;sample data&#039;&#039;&#039; to see how Joomla! works. You can at this time choose to have the configuration settings emailed to you. If the &#039;&#039;&#039;Email Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039; choice is selected, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Email Password&#039;&#039;&#039; choice will appear. The email password is off by default for security. You can choose to have the password included, just click Yes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Time to check the configurations of your install and the environment of the installation.&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuration Check ==&lt;br /&gt;
==== Checking Your Configurations ====&lt;br /&gt;
If everything is in order, you will see the install at the top of the overview page. If not, this is the place to check and see what may be causing an issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_3_bottom.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;The &#039;&#039;&#039;section&#039;&#039;&#039; is broken into 4 groups:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Main Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039;: all the website specific information, such as the website name, description, admin username, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Database Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039;: contains the information about the database Joomla! will use.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Pre-Installation Check&#039;&#039;&#039;: these requirements must all be shown as Yes, otherwise you will not be able to install Joomla! With the exception of the PHP Version, the rest are usually controlled in the [[wikipedia:INI_file|php.ini]]. You may need assistance from your host in correcting these settings or checking to see if it is possible to adjust them. For more information, see [http://php.net/manual/en/configuration.file.php PHP configuration file] file.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Recommended Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;: these are settings are recommended in your PHP configuration, but will not prevent Joomla! from being installed. You can refer to the above instructions on how they may be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If everything is correct and all checks are passed, you may now click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Install&#039;&#039;&#039; button in the top right corner of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Overview&#039;&#039;&#039; page. This will start the actual installation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Install&#039;&#039;&#039; button, you should see a progress bar with additional information of the installation. Once the installation completes, you should see the success page!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
== Finishing Up ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Success and Finishing Up the Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Congratulations! Joomla! 3 is now installed. If you want to start using Joomla! right way without [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Installing_Joomla#Installing_Extra_Languages|installing extra languages]] there is one last step to complete the installation. You must delete the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Remove Installation folder&#039;&#039;&#039; and a success message will appear. Now you can navigate to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; log in by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; or go right to your site by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Site&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;max-width:100%; height:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_4.png|border|700px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== نصب زبان های اضافی ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Install_Extra_Steps.png|right|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before you complete your installation by deleting the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;, click on: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;{{rarr}} Extra steps: Install languages&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will continue the installation of Joomla! by taking you to a new installation page.&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== نصب زبان ها ====&lt;br /&gt;
A list of language packs is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_1.png|right|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check the language or language packs you wish to install. Remember the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Language packs included in custom distributions will not be listed at this stage as they are already installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* A version of the packs proposed will match the Joomla Major version (3.0.x, 3.1.x, etc.). The minor version of the pack may not correspond, e.g. you are installing version 3.3.3 and a 3.3.2 language pack is shown.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Unmatched language packs in the above example may have untranslated strings. &lt;br /&gt;
* The unmatched language packs will be offered as an update when the packs are updated by the registered Translation teams. The available update will be shown in the Control panel as well as in {{rarr|Extensions Manager,Update}}. This behavior is similar to {{rarr|Extensions Manager,Install Languages}}.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Next&#039;&#039;&#039; and a progress bar will be display while the language pack or packs are downloaded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== انتخاب زبان پیش فرض ====&lt;br /&gt;
When the download is complete you can choose the default language for the Site and the Administrator interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Make your choices for default languages.{{-}}[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_2.png]]{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also choose to activate the multilingual features of Joomla! at this time too. &lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; next to &#039;&#039;&#039;Activate the multilingual feature&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Two additional choice will appear.{{-}}[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_2_multilingual.png|600px]]{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Install localised content&#039;&#039;&#039;, yes or no. This will automatically create one content category for each language installed and one featured article with dummy content for each content category installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Enable the language code plugin&#039;&#039;&#039;, yes or no. If enabled, the plugin will add the ability to change the language code in the generated HTML document to improve SEO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you completed all the choices of language installation, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Next&#039;&#039;&#039; to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Finalise ====&lt;br /&gt;
You will now be presented with a very similar &#039;&#039;&#039;Congratulations! Joomla! is now installed.&#039;&#039;&#039; screen. The difference will be a notation of the default Administrator and Site language settings, if they were set. You will also not see the &#039;&#039;&#039;Extra Steps&#039;&#039;&#039; message in the bottom right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_3.png|center|850px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can delete the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Remove Installation folder&#039;&#039;&#039; and a success message will appear. Now you can navigate to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; log in by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; or go right to your site by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Site&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;[[Category:Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.x]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.4]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.5]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:J3.x:Installing_Joomla/9/fa&amp;diff=352050</id>
		<title>Translations:J3.x:Installing Joomla/9/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:J3.x:Installing_Joomla/9/fa&amp;diff=352050"/>
		<updated>2016-12-21T08:20:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;#بسته‌ی نصب جوملا! را به سرور انتقال دهید. از یک کلاینت FTP برای انتقال فایل‌های جوم...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#بسته‌ی نصب جوملا! را به سرور انتقال دهید. از یک [[wikipedia:FTP Client|کلاینت FTP]] برای انتقال فایل‌های جوملا 3.x به سرور خودتان استفاده کنید. چندین امکان برای این کار وجود دارد، جزئیات در  [[wp:Comparison_of_FTP_client_software|فهرست کلاینت‌های FTP]] موجود است. لطفاً مطمئن شوید که از یک نسخه رسمی FTP استفاده می‌کنید.&lt;br /&gt;
:: Hint - This can be accomplished by simply moving the downloaded package to your server, then unpacking it.  Or you can unpack the files on your local computer, then move the Joomla installation over to your server.  Either way, the Joomla installation needs to be unpacked in the root of your site.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J3.x:Installing_Joomla/fa&amp;diff=352049</id>
		<title>J3.x:Installing Joomla/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J3.x:Installing_Joomla/fa&amp;diff=352049"/>
		<updated>2016-12-21T08:14:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;;شما نیاز به مشاهده نیازمندی‌های زیر برای نصب و استفاده جوملا! دارید.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
﻿نصب کردن جوملا! برای اولین بار خیلی آسان است. نصب توکار وب جوملا! باعث راه اندازی سایت جدید شما می شود.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== نیازمندی ها ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== نیازمندهای میزبانی ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
پیش از اینکه ما نصب جوملا! را شروع کنیم،  لازم است که یک جفت پیش‌نیاز برای نصب جوملا! {{ns}} با موفقیت برآورده شود. این باید انجام شود، چه شما یک سرور اختصاصی داشته باشید یا یک طرح هاست اشتراکی سرورو یا در حال نصب یک رونوشت روی رایانه شخصی خودتان برای آزمایش یا توسعه باشید.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;شما نیاز به مشاهده نیازمندی‌های زیر برای نصب و استفاده جوملا! دارید. {{JVer|{{ns}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:{{#lst:Technical requirements/fa|Joomla 3.x}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== منابع ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== آماده شدن برای نصب ==&lt;br /&gt;
شما قبل از نصب جوملا! بروی سرور خودتان لازم است دو کار را انجام دهید. اول، نیاز است که شما بسته فایل‌های جوملا! را دانلود کنید. بعد، شما نیاز به یک پایگاه داده‌ها برای به کارگیری آن در جوملا! نیاز دارید.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== دانلود و آپلود فایل‌های بسته جوملا! === &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#دانلود انتشار کنونی [http://www.joomla.org/download.html Joomla! {{ns}}]&lt;br /&gt;
#Move the downloaded Joomla! installation package to the server. Use a [[wikipedia:FTP Client|FTP Client]] to transfer the Joomla! 3.x files to your server. There are several available for use, here is a detailed [[wp:Comparison_of_FTP_client_software|list of FTP Clients]]. Please make sure you are using a FTP client&#039;s official release.&lt;br /&gt;
:: Hint - This can be accomplished by simply moving the downloaded package to your server, then unpacking it.  Or you can unpack the files on your local computer, then move the Joomla installation over to your server.  Either way, the Joomla installation needs to be unpacked in the root of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{warning|title=اخطار!|If you unpack the files on your own computer, then copy them to your server, be sure to move only the folders and files contained &#039;&#039;&#039;INSIDE&#039;&#039;&#039; the Joomla! package.  If you unpack the folders and files into a folder, for example called, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Joomla&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and then upload that folder, your site will have to be accessed at &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com/Joomla&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; به جای &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== پایگاه‌ داده‌ها برای نصب جوملا! ===&lt;br /&gt;
#اگر شما نیازدارید یک پایگاه داده ایجاد کنید، لطفاً نخست &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Creating a Database for Joomla!|ایجاد کردن یک پایگاه داده برای استفاده با جوملا!]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; مطالعه نمایید، یا به مرحله #2 بروید.&lt;br /&gt;
#لازم است که شما اطلاعات پایه‌ای پایگاه داده را یادداشت کنید که در هنگام نصب واقعی جوملا! نیاز می باشد. &lt;br /&gt;
#* مکان پایگاه داده localhost است؟ یا سرور میزبانی ویژه مثل &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;dbserver1.yourhost.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; است؟&lt;br /&gt;
#* نام پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
#* نام کاربری پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
#* گذرواژه پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== شروع نصب ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== پیکربندی نصب ===&lt;br /&gt;
With the above requirements met, a database created and the required Joomla! files in place, you are ready to install Joomla!. Start the Joomla! web installer by opening your favorite browser and browsing to the site&#039;s domain name. On host installation you will use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.yoursitename.com&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. If your are installing Joomla! locally, you will use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://localhost/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;مسیر به پرونده‌های جوملا&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, and you should see the installation screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_1.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! will try to identify the &#039;&#039;&#039;Select Language&#039;&#039;&#039; field automatically from your browser&#039;s language. You can change this if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in the following information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site Name&#039;&#039;&#039;: the name of your website — this can be changed at any point later in the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;: enter a description of the website. This is a the &#039;&#039;global fallback&#039;&#039; meta description used on every page which will be used by search engines. Generally, a maximum of 20 to 25 words is optimal. Again, this can be changed on the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] page at any time. For more on &#039;&#039;metadata&#039;&#039;, see [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Metadata_Settings|Global Metadata Settings]] and [[S:MyLanguage/Entering search engine meta-data|Entering search engine meta-data]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Email Address&#039;&#039;&#039;: the admin email address. Enter a valid email in case you forget your password. This is the email address where you&#039;ll receive a link to change the admin password.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Username&#039;&#039;&#039;: Joomla! uses a default &amp;quot;admin&amp;quot; as the username for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Super User&#039;&#039;&#039;. You can leave it as is, change it now (which a good [[S:MyLanguage/Security_Checklist/Joomla!_Setup#Change the default administrator username|Security measure]]) or use [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_My_Profile|My Profile]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change it later.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Password&#039;&#039;&#039;: remember that super user has maximum control of the site (frontend &amp;amp; backend), so try to use a difficult password. Use [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_My_Profile|My Profile]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change it later. Confirm the password in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm Admin Password&#039;&#039;&#039; box.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039;&#039;: click the Yes or No box. Yes - this means when installation is complete, your Joomla! website will display the &#039;Site is offline&#039; message when you browse to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to view the home page. No - this means the site is live when you browse to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to view the home page. You can use the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change the Offline status at any time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When everything on the first page is completed, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;next button&#039;&#039;&#039; to proceed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== پیکربندی دیتابیس ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== تنظیمات پیکربندی ===&lt;br /&gt;
You will need to enter the information about the database you will use for Joomla! now. It was suggested to write this information down under &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;Prepare for Install&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; tab. You may also read or review [[S:MyLanguage/Creating a Database for Joomla!|Creating a Database for Joomla!]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.5em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_2.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For simplification, these intructions are a reference to installing with a [[wikipedia:MySQLi|MySQLi]] database. The instructions on the installation page are self explanatory, but here they are again:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Type&#039;&#039;&#039;: MySQLi is the common database used&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Hostname&#039;&#039;&#039; Where is your database located? Common is &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;localhost&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, but some hosts use a specific database server such as &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;dbserver1.yourhost.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Username&#039;&#039;&#039;: the username used to connect to the database&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Password&#039;&#039;&#039;: the password for the database&#039;s username&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Name&#039;&#039;&#039;: the name of the database&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Table Prefix&#039;&#039;&#039;: one is generated automatically, but you can change it. For example, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;jos3_&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; can be used. Just don&#039;t forget to put the underscore character (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;_&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) at the end of the prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Old Database Process&#039;&#039;&#039;: should the installer backup or delete existing tables during the installation of new tables? Click, Yes or No to select the choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these choices can be edited on the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Server|Site Global Configuration]] page, under Server options after the installation is completed. Note, you will break your installation if you change these settings after installation unless you have a complete copy of the current database being used by the Joomla! installation. Common uses would be to update the username and password of the database or to complete a move of an existing installation to a new host with different parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all the information has been filled in, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;next button&#039;&#039;&#039; to proceed:&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
== Finalise ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview ===&lt;br /&gt;
It is now time to finalise the Joomla! installation. The last page of the web browser installation contains all the information about the installation. This includes the options(at the top) for installing sample data and the installation&#039;s configurations(at the bottom).&lt;br /&gt;
==== Install Sample Data and Email Configurations ====&lt;br /&gt;
The first options are for automatically installing sample content to the website and emailing the configuration settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_3_top.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you are new to Joomla! it would be beneficial to install some &#039;&#039;&#039;sample data&#039;&#039;&#039; to see how Joomla! works. You can at this time choose to have the configuration settings emailed to you. If the &#039;&#039;&#039;Email Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039; choice is selected, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Email Password&#039;&#039;&#039; choice will appear. The email password is off by default for security. You can choose to have the password included, just click Yes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Time to check the configurations of your install and the environment of the installation.&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuration Check ==&lt;br /&gt;
==== Checking Your Configurations ====&lt;br /&gt;
If everything is in order, you will see the install at the top of the overview page. If not, this is the place to check and see what may be causing an issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_3_bottom.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;The &#039;&#039;&#039;section&#039;&#039;&#039; is broken into 4 groups:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Main Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039;: all the website specific information, such as the website name, description, admin username, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Database Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039;: contains the information about the database Joomla! will use.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Pre-Installation Check&#039;&#039;&#039;: these requirements must all be shown as Yes, otherwise you will not be able to install Joomla! With the exception of the PHP Version, the rest are usually controlled in the [[wikipedia:INI_file|php.ini]]. You may need assistance from your host in correcting these settings or checking to see if it is possible to adjust them. For more information, see [http://php.net/manual/en/configuration.file.php PHP configuration file] file.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Recommended Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;: these are settings are recommended in your PHP configuration, but will not prevent Joomla! from being installed. You can refer to the above instructions on how they may be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If everything is correct and all checks are passed, you may now click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Install&#039;&#039;&#039; button in the top right corner of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Overview&#039;&#039;&#039; page. This will start the actual installation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Install&#039;&#039;&#039; button, you should see a progress bar with additional information of the installation. Once the installation completes, you should see the success page!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
== Finishing Up ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Success and Finishing Up the Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Congratulations! Joomla! 3 is now installed. If you want to start using Joomla! right way without [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Installing_Joomla#Installing_Extra_Languages|installing extra languages]] there is one last step to complete the installation. You must delete the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Remove Installation folder&#039;&#039;&#039; and a success message will appear. Now you can navigate to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; log in by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; or go right to your site by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Site&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;max-width:100%; height:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_4.png|border|700px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== نصب زبان های اضافی ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Install_Extra_Steps.png|right|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before you complete your installation by deleting the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;, click on: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;{{rarr}} Extra steps: Install languages&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will continue the installation of Joomla! by taking you to a new installation page.&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== نصب زبان ها ====&lt;br /&gt;
A list of language packs is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_1.png|right|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check the language or language packs you wish to install. Remember the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Language packs included in custom distributions will not be listed at this stage as they are already installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* A version of the packs proposed will match the Joomla Major version (3.0.x, 3.1.x, etc.). The minor version of the pack may not correspond, e.g. you are installing version 3.3.3 and a 3.3.2 language pack is shown.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Unmatched language packs in the above example may have untranslated strings. &lt;br /&gt;
* The unmatched language packs will be offered as an update when the packs are updated by the registered Translation teams. The available update will be shown in the Control panel as well as in {{rarr|Extensions Manager,Update}}. This behavior is similar to {{rarr|Extensions Manager,Install Languages}}.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Next&#039;&#039;&#039; and a progress bar will be display while the language pack or packs are downloaded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== انتخاب زبان پیش فرض ====&lt;br /&gt;
When the download is complete you can choose the default language for the Site and the Administrator interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Make your choices for default languages.{{-}}[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_2.png]]{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also choose to activate the multilingual features of Joomla! at this time too. &lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; next to &#039;&#039;&#039;Activate the multilingual feature&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Two additional choice will appear.{{-}}[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_2_multilingual.png|600px]]{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Install localised content&#039;&#039;&#039;, yes or no. This will automatically create one content category for each language installed and one featured article with dummy content for each content category installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Enable the language code plugin&#039;&#039;&#039;, yes or no. If enabled, the plugin will add the ability to change the language code in the generated HTML document to improve SEO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you completed all the choices of language installation, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Next&#039;&#039;&#039; to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Finalise ====&lt;br /&gt;
You will now be presented with a very similar &#039;&#039;&#039;Congratulations! Joomla! is now installed.&#039;&#039;&#039; screen. The difference will be a notation of the default Administrator and Site language settings, if they were set. You will also not see the &#039;&#039;&#039;Extra Steps&#039;&#039;&#039; message in the bottom right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_3.png|center|850px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can delete the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Remove Installation folder&#039;&#039;&#039; and a success message will appear. Now you can navigate to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; log in by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; or go right to your site by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Site&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;[[Category:Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.x]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.4]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.5]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:J3.x:Installing_Joomla/4/fa&amp;diff=352048</id>
		<title>Translations:J3.x:Installing Joomla/4/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:J3.x:Installing_Joomla/4/fa&amp;diff=352048"/>
		<updated>2016-12-21T08:14:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;;شما نیاز به مشاهده نیازمندی‌های زیر برای نصب و استفاده جوملا! دارید.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;;شما نیاز به مشاهده نیازمندی‌های زیر برای نصب و استفاده جوملا! دارید.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J3.x:Installing_Joomla/fa&amp;diff=352047</id>
		<title>J3.x:Installing Joomla/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J3.x:Installing_Joomla/fa&amp;diff=352047"/>
		<updated>2016-12-21T08:12:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;به جای&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
﻿نصب کردن جوملا! برای اولین بار خیلی آسان است. نصب توکار وب جوملا! باعث راه اندازی سایت جدید شما می شود.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== نیازمندی ها ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== نیازمندهای میزبانی ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
پیش از اینکه ما نصب جوملا! را شروع کنیم،  لازم است که یک جفت پیش‌نیاز برای نصب جوملا! {{ns}} با موفقیت برآورده شود. این باید انجام شود، چه شما یک سرور اختصاصی داشته باشید یا یک طرح هاست اشتراکی سرورو یا در حال نصب یک رونوشت روی رایانه شخصی خودتان برای آزمایش یا توسعه باشید.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;You’ll need to meet the following requirements below to install and use Joomla! {{JVer|{{ns}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:{{#lst:Technical requirements/fa|Joomla 3.x}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== منابع ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== آماده شدن برای نصب ==&lt;br /&gt;
شما قبل از نصب جوملا! بروی سرور خودتان لازم است دو کار را انجام دهید. اول، نیاز است که شما بسته فایل‌های جوملا! را دانلود کنید. بعد، شما نیاز به یک پایگاه داده‌ها برای به کارگیری آن در جوملا! نیاز دارید.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== دانلود و آپلود فایل‌های بسته جوملا! === &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#دانلود انتشار کنونی [http://www.joomla.org/download.html Joomla! {{ns}}]&lt;br /&gt;
#Move the downloaded Joomla! installation package to the server. Use a [[wikipedia:FTP Client|FTP Client]] to transfer the Joomla! 3.x files to your server. There are several available for use, here is a detailed [[wp:Comparison_of_FTP_client_software|list of FTP Clients]]. Please make sure you are using a FTP client&#039;s official release.&lt;br /&gt;
:: Hint - This can be accomplished by simply moving the downloaded package to your server, then unpacking it.  Or you can unpack the files on your local computer, then move the Joomla installation over to your server.  Either way, the Joomla installation needs to be unpacked in the root of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{warning|title=اخطار!|If you unpack the files on your own computer, then copy them to your server, be sure to move only the folders and files contained &#039;&#039;&#039;INSIDE&#039;&#039;&#039; the Joomla! package.  If you unpack the folders and files into a folder, for example called, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Joomla&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and then upload that folder, your site will have to be accessed at &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com/Joomla&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; به جای &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== پایگاه‌ داده‌ها برای نصب جوملا! ===&lt;br /&gt;
#اگر شما نیازدارید یک پایگاه داده ایجاد کنید، لطفاً نخست &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Creating a Database for Joomla!|ایجاد کردن یک پایگاه داده برای استفاده با جوملا!]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; مطالعه نمایید، یا به مرحله #2 بروید.&lt;br /&gt;
#لازم است که شما اطلاعات پایه‌ای پایگاه داده را یادداشت کنید که در هنگام نصب واقعی جوملا! نیاز می باشد. &lt;br /&gt;
#* مکان پایگاه داده localhost است؟ یا سرور میزبانی ویژه مثل &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;dbserver1.yourhost.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; است؟&lt;br /&gt;
#* نام پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
#* نام کاربری پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
#* گذرواژه پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== شروع نصب ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== پیکربندی نصب ===&lt;br /&gt;
With the above requirements met, a database created and the required Joomla! files in place, you are ready to install Joomla!. Start the Joomla! web installer by opening your favorite browser and browsing to the site&#039;s domain name. On host installation you will use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.yoursitename.com&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. If your are installing Joomla! locally, you will use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://localhost/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;مسیر به پرونده‌های جوملا&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, and you should see the installation screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_1.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! will try to identify the &#039;&#039;&#039;Select Language&#039;&#039;&#039; field automatically from your browser&#039;s language. You can change this if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in the following information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site Name&#039;&#039;&#039;: the name of your website — this can be changed at any point later in the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;: enter a description of the website. This is a the &#039;&#039;global fallback&#039;&#039; meta description used on every page which will be used by search engines. Generally, a maximum of 20 to 25 words is optimal. Again, this can be changed on the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] page at any time. For more on &#039;&#039;metadata&#039;&#039;, see [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Metadata_Settings|Global Metadata Settings]] and [[S:MyLanguage/Entering search engine meta-data|Entering search engine meta-data]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Email Address&#039;&#039;&#039;: the admin email address. Enter a valid email in case you forget your password. This is the email address where you&#039;ll receive a link to change the admin password.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Username&#039;&#039;&#039;: Joomla! uses a default &amp;quot;admin&amp;quot; as the username for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Super User&#039;&#039;&#039;. You can leave it as is, change it now (which a good [[S:MyLanguage/Security_Checklist/Joomla!_Setup#Change the default administrator username|Security measure]]) or use [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_My_Profile|My Profile]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change it later.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Password&#039;&#039;&#039;: remember that super user has maximum control of the site (frontend &amp;amp; backend), so try to use a difficult password. Use [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_My_Profile|My Profile]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change it later. Confirm the password in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm Admin Password&#039;&#039;&#039; box.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039;&#039;: click the Yes or No box. Yes - this means when installation is complete, your Joomla! website will display the &#039;Site is offline&#039; message when you browse to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to view the home page. No - this means the site is live when you browse to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to view the home page. You can use the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change the Offline status at any time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When everything on the first page is completed, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;next button&#039;&#039;&#039; to proceed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== پیکربندی دیتابیس ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== تنظیمات پیکربندی ===&lt;br /&gt;
You will need to enter the information about the database you will use for Joomla! now. It was suggested to write this information down under &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;Prepare for Install&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; tab. You may also read or review [[S:MyLanguage/Creating a Database for Joomla!|Creating a Database for Joomla!]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.5em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_2.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For simplification, these intructions are a reference to installing with a [[wikipedia:MySQLi|MySQLi]] database. The instructions on the installation page are self explanatory, but here they are again:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Type&#039;&#039;&#039;: MySQLi is the common database used&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Hostname&#039;&#039;&#039; Where is your database located? Common is &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;localhost&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, but some hosts use a specific database server such as &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;dbserver1.yourhost.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Username&#039;&#039;&#039;: the username used to connect to the database&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Password&#039;&#039;&#039;: the password for the database&#039;s username&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Name&#039;&#039;&#039;: the name of the database&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Table Prefix&#039;&#039;&#039;: one is generated automatically, but you can change it. For example, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;jos3_&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; can be used. Just don&#039;t forget to put the underscore character (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;_&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) at the end of the prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Old Database Process&#039;&#039;&#039;: should the installer backup or delete existing tables during the installation of new tables? Click, Yes or No to select the choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these choices can be edited on the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Server|Site Global Configuration]] page, under Server options after the installation is completed. Note, you will break your installation if you change these settings after installation unless you have a complete copy of the current database being used by the Joomla! installation. Common uses would be to update the username and password of the database or to complete a move of an existing installation to a new host with different parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all the information has been filled in, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;next button&#039;&#039;&#039; to proceed:&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
== Finalise ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview ===&lt;br /&gt;
It is now time to finalise the Joomla! installation. The last page of the web browser installation contains all the information about the installation. This includes the options(at the top) for installing sample data and the installation&#039;s configurations(at the bottom).&lt;br /&gt;
==== Install Sample Data and Email Configurations ====&lt;br /&gt;
The first options are for automatically installing sample content to the website and emailing the configuration settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_3_top.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you are new to Joomla! it would be beneficial to install some &#039;&#039;&#039;sample data&#039;&#039;&#039; to see how Joomla! works. You can at this time choose to have the configuration settings emailed to you. If the &#039;&#039;&#039;Email Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039; choice is selected, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Email Password&#039;&#039;&#039; choice will appear. The email password is off by default for security. You can choose to have the password included, just click Yes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Time to check the configurations of your install and the environment of the installation.&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuration Check ==&lt;br /&gt;
==== Checking Your Configurations ====&lt;br /&gt;
If everything is in order, you will see the install at the top of the overview page. If not, this is the place to check and see what may be causing an issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_3_bottom.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;The &#039;&#039;&#039;section&#039;&#039;&#039; is broken into 4 groups:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Main Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039;: all the website specific information, such as the website name, description, admin username, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Database Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039;: contains the information about the database Joomla! will use.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Pre-Installation Check&#039;&#039;&#039;: these requirements must all be shown as Yes, otherwise you will not be able to install Joomla! With the exception of the PHP Version, the rest are usually controlled in the [[wikipedia:INI_file|php.ini]]. You may need assistance from your host in correcting these settings or checking to see if it is possible to adjust them. For more information, see [http://php.net/manual/en/configuration.file.php PHP configuration file] file.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Recommended Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;: these are settings are recommended in your PHP configuration, but will not prevent Joomla! from being installed. You can refer to the above instructions on how they may be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If everything is correct and all checks are passed, you may now click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Install&#039;&#039;&#039; button in the top right corner of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Overview&#039;&#039;&#039; page. This will start the actual installation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Install&#039;&#039;&#039; button, you should see a progress bar with additional information of the installation. Once the installation completes, you should see the success page!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
== Finishing Up ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Success and Finishing Up the Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Congratulations! Joomla! 3 is now installed. If you want to start using Joomla! right way without [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Installing_Joomla#Installing_Extra_Languages|installing extra languages]] there is one last step to complete the installation. You must delete the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Remove Installation folder&#039;&#039;&#039; and a success message will appear. Now you can navigate to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; log in by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; or go right to your site by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Site&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;max-width:100%; height:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_4.png|border|700px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== نصب زبان های اضافی ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Install_Extra_Steps.png|right|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before you complete your installation by deleting the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;, click on: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;{{rarr}} Extra steps: Install languages&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will continue the installation of Joomla! by taking you to a new installation page.&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== نصب زبان ها ====&lt;br /&gt;
A list of language packs is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_1.png|right|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check the language or language packs you wish to install. Remember the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Language packs included in custom distributions will not be listed at this stage as they are already installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* A version of the packs proposed will match the Joomla Major version (3.0.x, 3.1.x, etc.). The minor version of the pack may not correspond, e.g. you are installing version 3.3.3 and a 3.3.2 language pack is shown.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Unmatched language packs in the above example may have untranslated strings. &lt;br /&gt;
* The unmatched language packs will be offered as an update when the packs are updated by the registered Translation teams. The available update will be shown in the Control panel as well as in {{rarr|Extensions Manager,Update}}. This behavior is similar to {{rarr|Extensions Manager,Install Languages}}.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Next&#039;&#039;&#039; and a progress bar will be display while the language pack or packs are downloaded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== انتخاب زبان پیش فرض ====&lt;br /&gt;
When the download is complete you can choose the default language for the Site and the Administrator interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Make your choices for default languages.{{-}}[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_2.png]]{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also choose to activate the multilingual features of Joomla! at this time too. &lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; next to &#039;&#039;&#039;Activate the multilingual feature&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Two additional choice will appear.{{-}}[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_2_multilingual.png|600px]]{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Install localised content&#039;&#039;&#039;, yes or no. This will automatically create one content category for each language installed and one featured article with dummy content for each content category installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Enable the language code plugin&#039;&#039;&#039;, yes or no. If enabled, the plugin will add the ability to change the language code in the generated HTML document to improve SEO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you completed all the choices of language installation, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Next&#039;&#039;&#039; to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Finalise ====&lt;br /&gt;
You will now be presented with a very similar &#039;&#039;&#039;Congratulations! Joomla! is now installed.&#039;&#039;&#039; screen. The difference will be a notation of the default Administrator and Site language settings, if they were set. You will also not see the &#039;&#039;&#039;Extra Steps&#039;&#039;&#039; message in the bottom right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_3.png|center|850px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can delete the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Remove Installation folder&#039;&#039;&#039; and a success message will appear. Now you can navigate to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; log in by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; or go right to your site by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Site&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;[[Category:Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.x]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.4]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.5]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:J3.x:Installing_Joomla/13/fa&amp;diff=352046</id>
		<title>Translations:J3.x:Installing Joomla/13/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:J3.x:Installing_Joomla/13/fa&amp;diff=352046"/>
		<updated>2016-12-21T08:12:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;به جای&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;به جای&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Technical_requirements/fa&amp;diff=352045</id>
		<title>Technical requirements/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Technical_requirements/fa&amp;diff=352045"/>
		<updated>2016-12-21T08:10:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;5.6 + یا 7 +&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
جزئیات بیشتر را می توانید در [http://www.joomla.org/about-joomla/technical-requirements.html Joomla.org] پیدا کنید.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{Joomla version|version=3.x}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===نیازمندها برای نرم افزارهای پشتیبانی شده===&lt;br /&gt;
==نیازمندی ها برای جوملا 3.x {{JVer|3.x}}==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;section begin=Joomla 3.x /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!نرم افزار&lt;br /&gt;
!پیش فرض&lt;br /&gt;
!حداقل&lt;br /&gt;
!اظلاعات بیشتر&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|PHP (Magic Quotes GPC off)&lt;br /&gt;
|5.6 + یا 7 +&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;PHP 5.3.1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;PHP 5.3.1 برای نسخه 3.0 لازم است از طرفی در 3.2. در 3.3 حداقل موردنیاز به PHP 5.3.10 افزایش یافته است.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;تنها جوملا! نسخه‌های 3.5 و بعد از آن با PHP 7 سازگاری دارند&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|5.3.10 +&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://php.net www.php.net]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=4 style=&amp;quot;background-color:#e1e1e1;&amp;quot; | پایگاه داده‌های پشتیبانی شده:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|MySQL&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MySQL6.0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;جوملا هنوز با  MySQL 6.x سازگار نیست.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; (پشتیبان InnoDB موردنیاز است)&lt;br /&gt;
|5.5.3 +&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1 +&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.mysql.com www.mysql.com]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|SQL Server&lt;br /&gt;
|10.50.1600.1 +&lt;br /&gt;
|10.50.1600.1 +&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/server-cloud/products/sql-server/ www.microsoft.com/sql]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|PostgreSQL&lt;br /&gt;
|9.1 +&lt;br /&gt;
|8.3.18 +&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.postgresql.org/ www.postgresql.org]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=4 style=&amp;quot;background-color:#e1e1e1;&amp;quot; | وب سرورهای پشتیبانی شده:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|آپاچی (با mod_mysq ،mod_xml وmod_zlib)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;mod_rewrite&amp;quot;&amp;gt;بر طبق کاربرد [[S:MyLanguage/Search_Engine_Friendly_URLs|نشانی‌های وب مناسب موتورهای جستجو]]، شما نیاز دارید که افزونۀ mod_rewrite آپاچی را نصب کرده باشید.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;PHPFileHandler&amp;quot;&amp;gt;افزونۀ [http://www.suphp.org mod_suphp] یا افزونۀ [http://httpd.apache.org/mod_fcgid mod_fcgid] پیش‌فرض هستند برای اینکه جوملا بارگذاری و اجرای پرونده‌ها را با استفاده از مجوز ایمن پرونده فعال کند.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|2.4 +&lt;br /&gt;
|2.x +&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.apache.org/ www.apache.org]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Nginx&lt;br /&gt;
|1.8 +&lt;br /&gt;
|1.0 +&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.nginx.org/ wiki.nginx.org]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Microsoft IIS&lt;br /&gt;
|7&lt;br /&gt;
|7&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.iis.net/ www.iis.net]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;section end=Joomla 3.x /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==منابع==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==نیازمندی‌های اختیاری برای جوملا! 3.x==&lt;br /&gt;
برخی از نیازمندی‌های فنی که برای نصب و اجرای جوملا! لازم نیستند اما برای برخی وابستگی‌های اجراکننده رابط‌‌های کاربری برنامه نویسی (API) داخلی لازم هستند.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-4 columns&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Basic button|S:MyLanguage/Optional Technical Requirements|نیازمندی‌های فنی اختیاری|class=expand}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;[[Category:Joomla! 3.x/fa]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.5/fa]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.6/fa]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Technical_requirements/30/fa&amp;diff=352044</id>
		<title>Translations:Technical requirements/30/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Technical_requirements/30/fa&amp;diff=352044"/>
		<updated>2016-12-21T08:10:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;5.6 + یا 7 +&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;5.6 + یا 7 +&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J3.x:Installing_Joomla/fa&amp;diff=348681</id>
		<title>J3.x:Installing Joomla/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J3.x:Installing_Joomla/fa&amp;diff=348681"/>
		<updated>2016-11-24T15:40:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;دانلود انتشار کنونی&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
﻿نصب کردن جوملا! برای اولین بار خیلی آسان است. نصب توکار وب جوملا! باعث راه اندازی سایت جدید شما می شود.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== نیازمندی ها ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== نیازمندهای میزبانی ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
پیش از اینکه ما نصب جوملا! را شروع کنیم،  لازم است که یک جفت پیش‌نیاز برای نصب جوملا! {{ns}} با موفقیت برآورده شود. این باید انجام شود، چه شما یک سرور اختصاصی داشته باشید یا یک طرح هاست اشتراکی سرورو یا در حال نصب یک رونوشت روی رایانه شخصی خودتان برای آزمایش یا توسعه باشید.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;You’ll need to meet the following requirements below to install and use Joomla! {{JVer|{{ns}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:{{#lst:Technical requirements/fa|Joomla 3.x}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== منابع ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== آماده شدن برای نصب ==&lt;br /&gt;
شما قبل از نصب جوملا! بروی سرور خودتان لازم است دو کار را انجام دهید. اول، نیاز است که شما بسته فایل‌های جوملا! را دانلود کنید. بعد، شما نیاز به یک پایگاه داده‌ها برای به کارگیری آن در جوملا! نیاز دارید.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== دانلود و آپلود فایل‌های بسته جوملا! === &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#دانلود انتشار کنونی [http://www.joomla.org/download.html Joomla! {{ns}}]&lt;br /&gt;
#Move the downloaded Joomla! installation package to the server. Use a [[wikipedia:FTP Client|FTP Client]] to transfer the Joomla! 3.x files to your server. There are several available for use, here is a detailed [[wp:Comparison_of_FTP_client_software|list of FTP Clients]]. Please make sure you are using a FTP client&#039;s official release.&lt;br /&gt;
:: Hint - This can be accomplished by simply moving the downloaded package to your server, then unpacking it.  Or you can unpack the files on your local computer, then move the Joomla installation over to your server.  Either way, the Joomla installation needs to be unpacked in the root of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{warning|title=اخطار!|If you unpack the files on your own computer, then copy them to your server, be sure to move only the folders and files contained &#039;&#039;&#039;INSIDE&#039;&#039;&#039; the Joomla! package.  If you unpack the folders and files into a folder, for example called, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Joomla&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and then upload that folder, your site will have to be accessed at &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com/Joomla&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; instead of &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== پایگاه‌ داده‌ها برای نصب جوملا! ===&lt;br /&gt;
#اگر شما نیازدارید یک پایگاه داده ایجاد کنید، لطفاً نخست &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Creating a Database for Joomla!|ایجاد کردن یک پایگاه داده برای استفاده با جوملا!]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; مطالعه نمایید، یا به مرحله #2 بروید.&lt;br /&gt;
#لازم است که شما اطلاعات پایه‌ای پایگاه داده را یادداشت کنید که در هنگام نصب واقعی جوملا! نیاز می باشد. &lt;br /&gt;
#* مکان پایگاه داده localhost است؟ یا سرور میزبانی ویژه مثل &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;dbserver1.yourhost.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; است؟&lt;br /&gt;
#* نام پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
#* نام کاربری پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
#* گذرواژه پایگاه داده&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== شروع نصب ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== پیکربندی نصب ===&lt;br /&gt;
With the above requirements met, a database created and the required Joomla! files in place, you are ready to install Joomla!. Start the Joomla! web installer by opening your favorite browser and browsing to the site&#039;s domain name. On host installation you will use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.yoursitename.com&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. If your are installing Joomla! locally, you will use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://localhost/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;مسیر به پرونده‌های جوملا&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, and you should see the installation screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_1.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! will try to identify the &#039;&#039;&#039;Select Language&#039;&#039;&#039; field automatically from your browser&#039;s language. You can change this if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in the following information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site Name&#039;&#039;&#039;: the name of your website — this can be changed at any point later in the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;: enter a description of the website. This is a the &#039;&#039;global fallback&#039;&#039; meta description used on every page which will be used by search engines. Generally, a maximum of 20 to 25 words is optimal. Again, this can be changed on the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] page at any time. For more on &#039;&#039;metadata&#039;&#039;, see [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Metadata_Settings|Global Metadata Settings]] and [[S:MyLanguage/Entering search engine meta-data|Entering search engine meta-data]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Email Address&#039;&#039;&#039;: the admin email address. Enter a valid email in case you forget your password. This is the email address where you&#039;ll receive a link to change the admin password.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Username&#039;&#039;&#039;: Joomla! uses a default &amp;quot;admin&amp;quot; as the username for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Super User&#039;&#039;&#039;. You can leave it as is, change it now (which a good [[S:MyLanguage/Security_Checklist/Joomla!_Setup#Change the default administrator username|Security measure]]) or use [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_My_Profile|My Profile]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change it later.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Admin Password&#039;&#039;&#039;: remember that super user has maximum control of the site (frontend &amp;amp; backend), so try to use a difficult password. Use [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_My_Profile|My Profile]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change it later. Confirm the password in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm Admin Password&#039;&#039;&#039; box.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039;&#039;: click the Yes or No box. Yes - this means when installation is complete, your Joomla! website will display the &#039;Site is offline&#039; message when you browse to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to view the home page. No - this means the site is live when you browse to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;yoursitename.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to view the home page. You can use the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Site Global Configuration]] in the &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; interface to change the Offline status at any time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When everything on the first page is completed, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;next button&#039;&#039;&#039; to proceed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== پیکربندی دیتابیس ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== تنظیمات پیکربندی ===&lt;br /&gt;
You will need to enter the information about the database you will use for Joomla! now. It was suggested to write this information down under &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;Prepare for Install&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; tab. You may also read or review [[S:MyLanguage/Creating a Database for Joomla!|Creating a Database for Joomla!]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.5em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_2.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For simplification, these intructions are a reference to installing with a [[wikipedia:MySQLi|MySQLi]] database. The instructions on the installation page are self explanatory, but here they are again:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Type&#039;&#039;&#039;: MySQLi is the common database used&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Hostname&#039;&#039;&#039; Where is your database located? Common is &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;localhost&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, but some hosts use a specific database server such as &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;dbserver1.yourhost.com&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Username&#039;&#039;&#039;: the username used to connect to the database&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Password&#039;&#039;&#039;: the password for the database&#039;s username&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Name&#039;&#039;&#039;: the name of the database&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Table Prefix&#039;&#039;&#039;: one is generated automatically, but you can change it. For example, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;jos3_&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; can be used. Just don&#039;t forget to put the underscore character (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;_&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) at the end of the prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Old Database Process&#039;&#039;&#039;: should the installer backup or delete existing tables during the installation of new tables? Click, Yes or No to select the choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these choices can be edited on the [[S:MyLanguage/Help30:Site_Global_Configuration#Server|Site Global Configuration]] page, under Server options after the installation is completed. Note, you will break your installation if you change these settings after installation unless you have a complete copy of the current database being used by the Joomla! installation. Common uses would be to update the username and password of the database or to complete a move of an existing installation to a new host with different parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all the information has been filled in, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;next button&#039;&#039;&#039; to proceed:&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
== Finalise ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview ===&lt;br /&gt;
It is now time to finalise the Joomla! installation. The last page of the web browser installation contains all the information about the installation. This includes the options(at the top) for installing sample data and the installation&#039;s configurations(at the bottom).&lt;br /&gt;
==== Install Sample Data and Email Configurations ====&lt;br /&gt;
The first options are for automatically installing sample content to the website and emailing the configuration settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_3_top.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you are new to Joomla! it would be beneficial to install some &#039;&#039;&#039;sample data&#039;&#039;&#039; to see how Joomla! works. You can at this time choose to have the configuration settings emailed to you. If the &#039;&#039;&#039;Email Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039; choice is selected, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Email Password&#039;&#039;&#039; choice will appear. The email password is off by default for security. You can choose to have the password included, just click Yes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Time to check the configurations of your install and the environment of the installation.&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuration Check ==&lt;br /&gt;
==== Checking Your Configurations ====&lt;br /&gt;
If everything is in order, you will see the install at the top of the overview page. If not, this is the place to check and see what may be causing an issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear:both; max-width:100%; height:auto; display:inline-block; float:right; margin-left:.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_3_bottom.png|border|left|500px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;The &#039;&#039;&#039;section&#039;&#039;&#039; is broken into 4 groups:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Main Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039;: all the website specific information, such as the website name, description, admin username, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Database Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039;: contains the information about the database Joomla! will use.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Pre-Installation Check&#039;&#039;&#039;: these requirements must all be shown as Yes, otherwise you will not be able to install Joomla! With the exception of the PHP Version, the rest are usually controlled in the [[wikipedia:INI_file|php.ini]]. You may need assistance from your host in correcting these settings or checking to see if it is possible to adjust them. For more information, see [http://php.net/manual/en/configuration.file.php PHP configuration file] file.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Recommended Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;: these are settings are recommended in your PHP configuration, but will not prevent Joomla! from being installed. You can refer to the above instructions on how they may be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If everything is correct and all checks are passed, you may now click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Install&#039;&#039;&#039; button in the top right corner of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Overview&#039;&#039;&#039; page. This will start the actual installation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Install&#039;&#039;&#039; button, you should see a progress bar with additional information of the installation. Once the installation completes, you should see the success page!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
== Finishing Up ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Success and Finishing Up the Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Congratulations! Joomla! 3 is now installed. If you want to start using Joomla! right way without [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Installing_Joomla#Installing_Extra_Languages|installing extra languages]] there is one last step to complete the installation. You must delete the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Remove Installation folder&#039;&#039;&#039; and a success message will appear. Now you can navigate to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; log in by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; or go right to your site by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Site&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;max-width:100%; height:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:J30_Installation_screen_page_4.png|border|700px]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== نصب زبان های اضافی ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Install_Extra_Steps.png|right|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before you complete your installation by deleting the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;, click on: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;{{rarr}} Extra steps: Install languages&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will continue the installation of Joomla! by taking you to a new installation page.&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== نصب زبان ها ====&lt;br /&gt;
A list of language packs is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_1.png|right|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check the language or language packs you wish to install. Remember the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Language packs included in custom distributions will not be listed at this stage as they are already installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* A version of the packs proposed will match the Joomla Major version (3.0.x, 3.1.x, etc.). The minor version of the pack may not correspond, e.g. you are installing version 3.3.3 and a 3.3.2 language pack is shown.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Unmatched language packs in the above example may have untranslated strings. &lt;br /&gt;
* The unmatched language packs will be offered as an update when the packs are updated by the registered Translation teams. The available update will be shown in the Control panel as well as in {{rarr|Extensions Manager,Update}}. This behavior is similar to {{rarr|Extensions Manager,Install Languages}}.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Next&#039;&#039;&#039; and a progress bar will be display while the language pack or packs are downloaded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== انتخاب زبان پیش فرض ====&lt;br /&gt;
When the download is complete you can choose the default language for the Site and the Administrator interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Make your choices for default languages.{{-}}[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_2.png]]{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also choose to activate the multilingual features of Joomla! at this time too. &lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; next to &#039;&#039;&#039;Activate the multilingual feature&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Two additional choice will appear.{{-}}[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_2_multilingual.png|600px]]{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Install localised content&#039;&#039;&#039;, yes or no. This will automatically create one content category for each language installed and one featured article with dummy content for each content category installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Enable the language code plugin&#039;&#039;&#039;, yes or no. If enabled, the plugin will add the ability to change the language code in the generated HTML document to improve SEO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you completed all the choices of language installation, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Next&#039;&#039;&#039; to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Finalise ====&lt;br /&gt;
You will now be presented with a very similar &#039;&#039;&#039;Congratulations! Joomla! is now installed.&#039;&#039;&#039; screen. The difference will be a notation of the default Administrator and Site language settings, if they were set. You will also not see the &#039;&#039;&#039;Extra Steps&#039;&#039;&#039; message in the bottom right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3x_Language_Installation_screen_page_3.png|center|850px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can delete the &#039;&#039;&#039;Installation Folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Remove Installation folder&#039;&#039;&#039; and a success message will appear. Now you can navigate to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; log in by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; or go right to your site by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Site&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;[[Category:Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.x]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.4]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.5]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 3.6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:J3.x:Installing_Joomla/47/fa&amp;diff=348680</id>
		<title>Translations:J3.x:Installing Joomla/47/fa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:J3.x:Installing_Joomla/47/fa&amp;diff=348680"/>
		<updated>2016-11-24T15:40:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Heydari: Created page with &amp;quot;دانلود انتشار کنونی&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;دانلود انتشار کنونی&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Heydari</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>